forked from GitHub/gf-core
preserve 1.0
This commit is contained in:
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Adjective: Adjectives and Adjectival Phrases</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Adjective: Adjectives and Adjectival Phrases</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:14:36 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Adjective = Cat ** {
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The principal ways of forming an adjectival phrase are
|
||||
positive, comparative, relational, reflexive-relational, and
|
||||
elliptic-relational.
|
||||
(The superlative use is covered in <A HREF="Noun.html">Noun</A>.<CODE>SuperlA</CODE>.)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
PositA : A -> AP ; -- warm
|
||||
ComparA : A -> NP -> AP ; -- warmer than Spain
|
||||
ComplA2 : A2 -> NP -> AP ; -- divisible by 2
|
||||
ReflA2 : A2 -> AP ; -- divisible by itself
|
||||
UseA2 : A2 -> A ; -- divisible
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sentence and question complements defined for all adjectival
|
||||
phrases, although the semantics is only clear for some adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SentAP : AP -> SC -> AP ; -- great that she won, uncertain if she did
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
An adjectival phrase can be modified by an <B>adadjective</B>, such as <I>very</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
AdAP : AdA -> AP -> AP ; -- very uncertain
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The formation of adverbs from adjective (e.g. <I>quickly</I>) is covered
|
||||
by <A HREF="Adverb.html">Adverb</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Adjective.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Adverb: Adverbs and Adverbial Phrases</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Adverb: Adverbs and Adverbial Phrases</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-14 22:56:30 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Adverb = Cat ** {
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The two main ways of forming adverbs are from adjectives and by
|
||||
prepositions from noun phrases.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
PositAdvAdj : A -> Adv ; -- quickly
|
||||
PrepNP : Prep -> NP -> Adv ; -- in the house
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparative adverbs have a noun phrase or a sentence as object of
|
||||
comparison.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
ComparAdvAdj : CAdv -> A -> NP -> Adv ; -- more quickly than John
|
||||
ComparAdvAdjS : CAdv -> A -> S -> Adv ; -- more quickly than he runs
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs can be modified by 'adadjectives', just like adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
AdAdv : AdA -> Adv -> Adv ; -- very quickly
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Subordinate clauses can function as adverbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SubjS : Subj -> S -> Adv ; -- when he arrives
|
||||
AdvSC : SC -> Adv ; -- that he arrives ---- REMOVE?
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adverbs also work as numeral adverbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
AdnCAdv : CAdv -> AdN ; -- more (than five)
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Adverb.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> A Basic Lexicon</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> A Basic Lexicon</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Wed Jan 25 10:50:12 2006
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">A Basic Lexicon</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>A Basic Lexicon</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This files gives a list of words whose purpose is to test the GF
|
||||
resource grammar. It covers all lexical categories of <A HREF="Cat.html">Cat</A>.
|
||||
By containing some of the most common words,
|
||||
it is aimed to cover, with high probability, all morphological
|
||||
patterns in the different languages.
|
||||
Using this lexicon for translation is not recommended. The linearizations
|
||||
of the words in different languages are not guaranteed to be translation
|
||||
equivalents.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Basic = Cat ** {
|
||||
fun
|
||||
add_V3 : V3 ;
|
||||
airplane_N : N ;
|
||||
already_Adv : Adv ;
|
||||
answer_V2S : V2 ;
|
||||
apartment_N : N ;
|
||||
apple_N : N ;
|
||||
art_N : N ;
|
||||
ask_V2Q : V2 ;
|
||||
baby_N : N ;
|
||||
bad_A : A ;
|
||||
bank_N : N ;
|
||||
beautiful_A : A ;
|
||||
become_VA : VA ;
|
||||
beer_N : N ;
|
||||
beg_V2V : V2 ;
|
||||
big_A : A ;
|
||||
bike_N : N ;
|
||||
bird_N : N ;
|
||||
black_A : A ;
|
||||
blue_A : A ;
|
||||
boat_N : N ;
|
||||
book_N : N ;
|
||||
boot_N : N ;
|
||||
boss_N : N ;
|
||||
boy_N : N ;
|
||||
bread_N : N ;
|
||||
break_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
broad_A : A ;
|
||||
brother_N2 : N2 ;
|
||||
brown_A : A ;
|
||||
butter_N : N ;
|
||||
buy_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
camera_N : N ;
|
||||
cap_N : N ;
|
||||
car_N : N ;
|
||||
carpet_N : N ;
|
||||
cat_N : N ;
|
||||
ceiling_N : N ;
|
||||
chair_N : N ;
|
||||
cheese_N : N ;
|
||||
child_N : N ;
|
||||
church_N : N ;
|
||||
city_N : N ;
|
||||
clean_A : A ;
|
||||
clever_A : A ;
|
||||
close_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
coat_N : N ;
|
||||
cold_A : A ;
|
||||
come_V : V ;
|
||||
computer_N : N ;
|
||||
country_N : N ;
|
||||
cousin_N : N ;
|
||||
cow_N : N ;
|
||||
die_V : V ;
|
||||
dirty_A : A ;
|
||||
distance_N3 : N3 ;
|
||||
do_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
doctor_N : N ;
|
||||
dog_N : N ;
|
||||
door_N : N ;
|
||||
drink_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
easy_A2V : A2 ;
|
||||
eat_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
enemy_N : N ;
|
||||
empty_A : A ;
|
||||
factory_N : N ;
|
||||
father_N2 : N2 ;
|
||||
fear_VS : VS ;
|
||||
find_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
fish_N : N ;
|
||||
floor_N : N ;
|
||||
forget_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
fridge_N : N ;
|
||||
friend_N : N ;
|
||||
fruit_N : N ;
|
||||
fun_AV : A ;
|
||||
garden_N : N ;
|
||||
girl_N : N ;
|
||||
glove_N : N ;
|
||||
gold_N : N ;
|
||||
good_A : A ;
|
||||
go_V : V ;
|
||||
green_A : A ;
|
||||
harbour_N : N ;
|
||||
hate_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
hat_N : N ;
|
||||
have_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
hear_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
hill_N : N ;
|
||||
hope_VS : VS ;
|
||||
horse_N : N ;
|
||||
hot_A : A ;
|
||||
house_N : N ;
|
||||
important_A : A ;
|
||||
industry_N : N ;
|
||||
iron_N : N ;
|
||||
jump_V : V ;
|
||||
king_N : N ;
|
||||
know_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
lake_N : N ;
|
||||
lamp_N : N ;
|
||||
learn_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
leather_N : N ;
|
||||
leave_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
like_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
listen_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
live_V : V ;
|
||||
long_A : A ;
|
||||
lose_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
love_N : N ;
|
||||
love_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
man_N : N ;
|
||||
married_A2 : A2 ;
|
||||
meat_N : N ;
|
||||
milk_N : N ;
|
||||
moon_N : N ;
|
||||
mother_N2 : N2 ;
|
||||
mountain_N : N ;
|
||||
music_N : N ;
|
||||
narrow_A : A ;
|
||||
new_A : A ;
|
||||
newspaper_N : N ;
|
||||
now_Adv : Adv ;
|
||||
number_N : N ;
|
||||
oil_N : N ;
|
||||
old_A : A ;
|
||||
open_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
paint_V2A : V2A ;
|
||||
paper_N : N ;
|
||||
paris_PN : PN ;
|
||||
peace_N : N ;
|
||||
pen_N : N ;
|
||||
planet_N : N ;
|
||||
plastic_N : N ;
|
||||
play_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
policeman_N : N ;
|
||||
priest_N : N ;
|
||||
probable_AS : A ;
|
||||
put_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
queen_N : N ;
|
||||
radio_N : N ;
|
||||
rain_V0 : V ;
|
||||
read_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
red_A : A ;
|
||||
religion_N : N ;
|
||||
restaurant_N : N ;
|
||||
river_N : N ;
|
||||
rock_N : N ;
|
||||
roof_N : N ;
|
||||
rubber_N : N ;
|
||||
run_V : V ;
|
||||
say_VS : VS ;
|
||||
school_N : N ;
|
||||
science_N : N ;
|
||||
sea_N : N ;
|
||||
seek_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
see_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
sell_V3 : V3 ;
|
||||
send_V3 : V3 ;
|
||||
sheep_N : N ;
|
||||
ship_N : N ;
|
||||
shirt_N : N ;
|
||||
shoe_N : N ;
|
||||
shop_N : N ;
|
||||
short_A : A ;
|
||||
silver_N : N ;
|
||||
sister_N : N ;
|
||||
sleep_V : V ;
|
||||
small_A : A ;
|
||||
snake_N : N ;
|
||||
sock_N : N ;
|
||||
song_N : N ;
|
||||
speak_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
star_N : N ;
|
||||
steel_N : N ;
|
||||
stone_N : N ;
|
||||
stop_V : V ;
|
||||
stove_N : N ;
|
||||
student_N : N ;
|
||||
stupid_A : A ;
|
||||
sun_N : N ;
|
||||
switch8off_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
switch8on_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
table_N : N ;
|
||||
talk_V3 : V3 ;
|
||||
teacher_N : N ;
|
||||
teach_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
television_N : N ;
|
||||
thick_A : A ;
|
||||
thin_A : A ;
|
||||
train_N : N ;
|
||||
travel_V : V ;
|
||||
tree_N : N ;
|
||||
---- trousers_N : N ;
|
||||
ugly_A : A ;
|
||||
understand_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
university_N : N ;
|
||||
village_N : N ;
|
||||
wait_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
walk_V : V ;
|
||||
warm_A : A ;
|
||||
war_N : N ;
|
||||
watch_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
water_N : N ;
|
||||
white_A : A ;
|
||||
window_N : N ;
|
||||
wine_N : N ;
|
||||
win_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
woman_N : N ;
|
||||
wonder_VQ : VQ ;
|
||||
wood_N : N ;
|
||||
write_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
yellow_A : A ;
|
||||
young_A : A ;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.0 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Basic.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Cat: the Category System</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Cat: the Category System</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:10:58 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Sentences and clauses</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Questions and interrogatives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Relative clauses and pronouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Verb phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Adjectival phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Nouns and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Numerals</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Structural words</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Words of open classes</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The category system is central to the library in the sense
|
||||
that the other modules (<CODE>Adjective</CODE>, <CODE>Adverb</CODE>, <CODE>Noun</CODE>, <CODE>Verb</CODE> etc)
|
||||
communicate through it. This means that a e.g. a function using
|
||||
<CODE>NP</CODE>s in <CODE>Verb</CODE> need not know how <CODE>NP</CODE>s are constructed in <CODE>Noun</CODE>:
|
||||
it is enough that both <CODE>Verb</CODE> and <CODE>Noun</CODE> use the same type <CODE>NP</CODE>,
|
||||
which is given here in <CODE>Cat</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some categories are inherited from <A HREF="Common.html"><CODE>Common</CODE></A>.
|
||||
The reason they are defined there is that they have the same
|
||||
implementation in all languages in the resource (typically,
|
||||
just a string). These categories are
|
||||
<CODE>AdA, AdN, AdV, Adv, Ant, CAdv, IAdv, PConj, Phr</CODE>,
|
||||
<CODE>Pol, SC, Tense, Text, Utt, Voc</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Moreover, the list categories <CODE>ListAdv, ListAP, ListNP, ListS</CODE>
|
||||
are defined on <CODE>Conjunction</CODE> and only used locally there.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Cat = Common ** {
|
||||
|
||||
cat
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Sentences and clauses</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Sentence.html">Sentence</A>, and also in
|
||||
<A HREF="Idiom.html">Idiom</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
S ; -- declarative sentence e.g. "she lived here"
|
||||
QS ; -- question e.g. "where did she live"
|
||||
RS ; -- relative e.g. "in which she lived"
|
||||
Cl ; -- declarative clause, with all tenses e.g. "she looks at this"
|
||||
Slash ; -- clause missing NP (S/NP in GPSG) e.g. "she looks at"
|
||||
Imp ; -- imperative e.g. "look at this"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Questions and interrogatives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Question.html">Question</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
QCl ; -- question clause, with all tenses e.g. "why does she walk"
|
||||
IP ; -- interrogative pronoun e.g. "who"
|
||||
IComp ; -- interrogative complement of copula e.g. "where"
|
||||
IDet ; -- interrogative determiner e.g. "which"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Relative clauses and pronouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Relative.html">Relative</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
RCl ; -- relative clause, with all tenses e.g. "in which she lives"
|
||||
RP ; -- relative pronoun e.g. "in which"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verb phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Verb.html">Verb</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
VP ; -- verb phrase e.g. "is very warm"
|
||||
Comp ; -- complement of copula, such as AP e.g. "very warm"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectival phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Adjective.html">Adjective</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
AP ; -- adjectival phrase e.g. "very warm"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns and noun phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Noun.html">Noun</A>.
|
||||
Many atomic noun phrases e.g. <I>everybody</I>
|
||||
are constructed in <A HREF="Structural.html">Structural</A>.
|
||||
The determiner structure is
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Predet (QuantSg | QuantPl Num) Ord
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
as defined in <A HREF="Noun.html">Noun</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
CN ; -- common noun (without determiner) e.g. "red house"
|
||||
NP ; -- noun phrase (subject or object) e.g. "the red house"
|
||||
Pron ; -- personal pronoun e.g. "she"
|
||||
Det ; -- determiner phrase e.g. "those seven"
|
||||
Predet; -- predeterminer (prefixed Quant) e.g. "all"
|
||||
QuantSg;-- quantifier ('nucleus' of sing. Det) e.g. "every"
|
||||
QuantPl;-- quantifier ('nucleus' of plur. Det) e.g. "many"
|
||||
Quant ; -- quantifier with both sg and pl e.g. "this/these"
|
||||
Num ; -- cardinal number (used with QuantPl) e.g. "seven"
|
||||
Ord ; -- ordinal number (used in Det) e.g. "seventh"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Numerals</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Numeral.html">Numeral</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Numeral;-- cardinal or ordinal, e.g. "five/fifth"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Structural words</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Structural.html">Structural</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Conj ; -- conjunction, e.g. "and"
|
||||
DConj ; -- distributed conj. e.g. "both - and"
|
||||
Subj ; -- subjunction, e.g. "if"
|
||||
Prep ; -- preposition, or just case e.g. "in"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Words of open classes</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These are constructed in <A HREF="Lexicon.html">Lexicon</A> and in
|
||||
additional lexicon modules.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
V ; -- one-place verb e.g. "sleep"
|
||||
V2 ; -- two-place verb e.g. "love"
|
||||
V3 ; -- three-place verb e.g. "show"
|
||||
VV ; -- verb-phrase-complement verb e.g. "want"
|
||||
VS ; -- sentence-complement verb e.g. "claim"
|
||||
VQ ; -- question-complement verb e.g. "ask"
|
||||
VA ; -- adjective-complement verb e.g. "look"
|
||||
V2A ; -- verb with NP and AP complement e.g. "paint"
|
||||
|
||||
A ; -- one-place adjective e.g. "warm"
|
||||
A2 ; -- two-place adjective e.g. "divisible"
|
||||
|
||||
N ; -- common noun e.g. "house"
|
||||
N2 ; -- relational noun e.g. "son"
|
||||
N3 ; -- three-place relational noun e.g. "connection"
|
||||
PN ; -- proper name e.g. "Paris"
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Cat.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Common: Structures with Common Implementations.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Common: Structures with Common Implementations.</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:13:55 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Top-level units</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Tense, polarity, and anteriority</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This module defines the categories that uniformly have the linearization
|
||||
<CODE>{s : Str}</CODE> in all languages.
|
||||
Moreover, this module defines the abstract parameters of tense, polarity, and
|
||||
anteriority, which are used in <A HREF="Phrase.html"><CODE>Phrase</CODE></A> to generate different
|
||||
forms of sentences. Together they give 4 x 2 x 2 = 16 sentence forms.
|
||||
These tenses are defined for all languages in the library. More tenses
|
||||
can be defined in the language extensions, e.g. the <I>passé simple</I> of
|
||||
Romance languages in <A HREF="../romance/ExtraRomance.gf"><CODE>ExtraRomance</CODE></A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Common = {
|
||||
|
||||
cat
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Top-level units</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Text.html"><CODE>Text</CODE></A>: <CODE>Text</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Text ; -- text consisting of several phrases e.g. "He is here. Why?"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Phrase.html"><CODE>Phrase</CODE></A>:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Phr ; -- phrase in a text e.g. "but be quiet please"
|
||||
Utt ; -- sentence, question, word... e.g. "be quiet"
|
||||
Voc ; -- vocative or "please" e.g. "my darling"
|
||||
PConj ; -- phrase-beginning conj. e.g. "therefore"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Sentence.html"><CODE>Sentence</CODE></A>:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SC ; -- embedded sentence or question e.g. "that it rains"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Adverb.html"><CODE>Adverb</CODE></A>.
|
||||
Many adverbs are constructed in <A HREF="Structural.html"><CODE>Structural</CODE></A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Adv ; -- verb-phrase-modifying adverb, e.g. "in the house"
|
||||
AdV ; -- adverb directly attached to verb e.g. "always"
|
||||
AdA ; -- adjective-modifying adverb, e.g. "very"
|
||||
AdN ; -- numeral-modifying adverb, e.g. "more than"
|
||||
IAdv ; -- interrogative adverb e.g. "why"
|
||||
CAdv ; -- comparative adverb e.g. "more"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Tense, polarity, and anteriority</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Tense ; -- tense: present, past, future, conditional
|
||||
Pol ; -- polarity: positive, negative
|
||||
Ant ; -- anteriority: simultaneous, anterior
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
PPos, PNeg : Pol ; -- I sleep/don't sleep
|
||||
|
||||
TPres : Tense ;
|
||||
ASimul : Ant ;
|
||||
TPast, TFut, TCond : Tense ; -- I slept/will sleep/would sleep --# notpresent
|
||||
AAnter : Ant ; -- I have slept --# notpresent
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Common.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Conjunction: Coordination</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Conjunction: Coordination</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:17:31 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Rules</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Categories</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">List constructors</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Coordination is defined for many different categories; here is
|
||||
a sample. The rules apply to <B>lists</B> of two or more elements,
|
||||
and define two general patterns:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI>ordinary conjunction: X,...X and X
|
||||
<LI>distributed conjunction: both X,...,X and X
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<CODE>VP</CODE> conjunctions are not covered here, because their applicability
|
||||
depends on language. Some special cases are defined in
|
||||
<A HREF="../abstract/Extra.gf"><CODE>Extra</CODE></A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Conjunction = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Rules</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
ConjS : Conj -> [S] -> S ; -- "John walks and Mary runs"
|
||||
ConjAP : Conj -> [AP] -> AP ; -- "even and prime"
|
||||
ConjNP : Conj -> [NP] -> NP ; -- "John or Mary"
|
||||
ConjAdv : Conj -> [Adv] -> Adv ; -- "quickly or slowly"
|
||||
|
||||
DConjS : DConj -> [S] -> S ; -- "either John walks or Mary runs"
|
||||
DConjAP : DConj -> [AP] -> AP ; -- "both even and prime"
|
||||
DConjNP : DConj -> [NP] -> NP ; -- "either John or Mary"
|
||||
DConjAdv : DConj -> [Adv] -> Adv; -- "both badly and slowly"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Categories</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These categories are only used in this module.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
cat
|
||||
[S]{2} ;
|
||||
[Adv]{2} ;
|
||||
[NP]{2} ;
|
||||
[AP]{2} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>List constructors</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The list constructors are derived from the list notation and therefore
|
||||
not given explicitly. But here are their type signatures:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
-- BaseC : C -> C -> [C] ; -- for C = S, AP, NP, Adv
|
||||
-- ConsC : C -> [C] -> [C] ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Conjunction.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Last update: 2006-03-06 21:21:27 CET
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Demonstrative = Cat, PredefAbs ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Naming convention: <CODE>M</CODE> prepended to 'unimodal' names.
|
||||
Exceptions: lexical units, those without unimodal counterparts.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
cat
|
||||
|
||||
MS ; -- multimodal sentence or question
|
||||
MQS ; -- multimodal wh question
|
||||
MImp ; -- multimodal imperative
|
||||
MVP ; -- multimodal verb phrase
|
||||
MComp ; -- multimodal complement to copula (MAP, MNP, MAdv)
|
||||
MAP ; -- multimodal adjectival phrase
|
||||
MNP ; -- multimodal (demonstrative) noun phrase
|
||||
MAdv ; -- multimodal (demonstrative) adverbial
|
||||
|
||||
Point ; -- pointing gesture
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A pointing gesture is constructed from a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
MkPoint : String -> Point ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Construction of sentences, questions, and imperatives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
MPredVP : MNP -> MVP -> MS ; -- he flies here
|
||||
MQPredVP : MNP -> MVP -> MQS ; -- does he fly here
|
||||
|
||||
MQuestVP : IP -> MVP -> MQS ; -- who flies here
|
||||
|
||||
MImpVP : MVP -> MImp ; -- fly here!
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Construction of verb phrases from verb + complements.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
MUseV : V -> MVP ; -- flies (here)
|
||||
MComplV2 : V2 -> MNP -> MVP ; -- takes this (here)
|
||||
MComplVV : VV -> MVP -> MVP ; -- wants to fly (here)
|
||||
|
||||
MUseComp : MComp -> MVP ; -- is here ; is bigger than this
|
||||
|
||||
MCompAP : MAP -> MComp ; -- bigger than this
|
||||
MCompNP : MNP -> MComp ; -- the price of this
|
||||
MCompAdv : MAdv -> MComp ; -- here
|
||||
|
||||
MPositA : A -> MAP ; -- big
|
||||
MComparA : A -> MNP -> MAP ; -- bigger than this
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbial modification of a verb phrase.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
MAdvVP : MVP -> MAdv -> MVP ; -- fly here
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Demonstrative pronouns as NPs and determiners.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
this_MNP : Point -> MNP ; -- this
|
||||
that_MNP : Point -> MNP ; -- that
|
||||
thisDet_MNP : CN -> Point -> MNP ; -- this car
|
||||
thatDet_MNP : CN -> Point -> MNP ; -- that car
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Demonstrative adverbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
here_MAdv : Point -> MAdv ; -- here
|
||||
here7from_MAdv : Point -> MAdv ; -- from here
|
||||
here7to_MAdv : Point -> MAdv ; -- to here
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Building an adverb as prepositional phrase.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
MPrepNP : Prep -> MNP -> MAdv ; -- in this car
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Using ordinary categories.
|
||||
Mounting nondemonstrative expressions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
DemNP : NP -> MNP ;
|
||||
DemAdv : Adv -> MAdv ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Top-level phrases.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
PhrMS : Pol -> MS -> Phr ;
|
||||
PhrMS : Pol -> MS -> Phr ;
|
||||
PhrMQS : Pol -> MQS -> Phr ;
|
||||
PhrMImp : Pol -> MImp -> Phr ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
For testing and example-based grammar writing.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
point1, point2 : Point ;
|
||||
|
||||
x_MAdv, y_MAdv : MAdv ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc multimodal/Demonstrative.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Grammar: the Main Module of the Resource Grammar</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Grammar: the Main Module of the Resource Grammar</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:08:55 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This grammar is a collection of the different grammar modules,
|
||||
To test the resource, import <A HREF="Lang.html"><CODE>Lang</CODE></A>, which also contains
|
||||
a lexicon.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Grammar =
|
||||
Noun,
|
||||
Verb,
|
||||
Adjective,
|
||||
Adverb,
|
||||
Numeral,
|
||||
Sentence,
|
||||
Question,
|
||||
Relative,
|
||||
Conjunction,
|
||||
Phrase,
|
||||
Text,
|
||||
Structural,
|
||||
Idiom
|
||||
** {} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Grammar.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Idiom: Idiomatic Expressions</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Idiom: Idiomatic Expressions</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-14 22:57:19 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Idiom = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This module defines constructions that are formed in fixed ways,
|
||||
often different even in closely related languages.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
ImpersCl : VP -> Cl ; -- it rains
|
||||
GenericCl : VP -> Cl ; -- one sleeps
|
||||
|
||||
CleftNP : NP -> RS -> Cl ; -- it is you who did it
|
||||
CleftAdv : Adv -> S -> Cl ; -- it is yesterday she arrived
|
||||
|
||||
ExistNP : NP -> Cl ; -- there is a house
|
||||
ExistIP : IP -> QCl ; -- which houses are there
|
||||
|
||||
ProgrVP : VP -> VP ; -- be sleeping
|
||||
|
||||
ImpPl1 : VP -> Utt ; -- let's go
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Idiom.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
|
||||
--# -path=.:prelude:../abstract:../common
|
||||
|
||||
concrete IrregEng of IrregEngAbs = CatEng ** open ParadigmsEng in {
|
||||
|
||||
flags optimize=values ;
|
||||
|
||||
lin
|
||||
awake_V = irregV "awake" "awoke" "awoken" ;
|
||||
bear_V = irregV "bear" "bore" "born" ;
|
||||
beat_V = irregV "beat" "beat" "beat" ;
|
||||
become_V = irregV "become" "became" "become" ;
|
||||
begin_V = irregV "begin" "began" "begun" ;
|
||||
bend_V = irregV "bend" "bent" "bent" ;
|
||||
beset_V = irregV "beset" "beset" "beset" ;
|
||||
bet_V = irregDuplV "bet" "bet" "bet" ;
|
||||
bid_V = irregDuplV "bid" (variants {"bid" ; "bade"}) (variants {"bid" ; "bidden"}) ;
|
||||
bind_V = irregV "bind" "bound" "bound" ;
|
||||
bite_V = irregV "bite" "bit" "bitten" ;
|
||||
bleed_V = irregV "bleed" "bled" "bled" ;
|
||||
blow_V = irregV "blow" "blew" "blown" ;
|
||||
break_V = irregV "break" "broke" "broken" ;
|
||||
breed_V = irregV "breed" "bred" "bred" ;
|
||||
bring_V = irregV "bring" "brought" "brought" ;
|
||||
broadcast_V = irregV "broadcast" "broadcast" "broadcast" ;
|
||||
build_V = irregV "build" "built" "built" ;
|
||||
burn_V = irregV "burn" (variants {"burned" ; "burnt"}) (variants {"burned" ; "burnt"}) ;
|
||||
burst_V = irregV "burst" "burst" "burst" ;
|
||||
buy_V = irregV "buy" "bought" "bought" ;
|
||||
cast_V = irregV "cast" "cast" "cast" ;
|
||||
catch_V = irregV "catch" "caught" "caught" ;
|
||||
choose_V = irregV "choose" "chose" "chosen" ;
|
||||
cling_V = irregV "cling" "clung" "clung" ;
|
||||
come_V = irregV "come" "came" "come" ;
|
||||
cost_V = irregV "cost" "cost" "cost" ;
|
||||
creep_V = irregV "creep" "crept" "crept" ;
|
||||
cut_V = irregDuplV "cut" "cut" "cut" ;
|
||||
deal_V = irregV "deal" "dealt" "dealt" ;
|
||||
dig_V = irregDuplV "dig" "dug" "dug" ;
|
||||
dive_V = irregV "dive" (variants {"dived" ; "dove"}) "dived" ;
|
||||
do_V = mkV "do" "does" "did" "done" "doing" ;
|
||||
draw_V = irregV "draw" "drew" "drawn" ;
|
||||
dream_V = irregV "dream" (variants {"dreamed" ; "dreamt"}) (variants {"dreamed" ; "dreamt"}) ;
|
||||
drive_V = irregV "drive" "drove" "driven" ;
|
||||
drink_V = irregV "drink" "drank" "drunk" ;
|
||||
eat_V = irregV "eat" "ate" "eaten" ;
|
||||
fall_V = irregV "fall" "fell" "fallen" ;
|
||||
feed_V = irregV "feed" "fed" "fed" ;
|
||||
feel_V = irregV "feel" "felt" "felt" ;
|
||||
fight_V = irregV "fight" "fought" "fought" ;
|
||||
find_V = irregV "find" "found" "found" ;
|
||||
fit_V = irregDuplV "fit" "fit" "fit" ;
|
||||
flee_V = irregV "flee" "fled" "fled" ;
|
||||
fling_V = irregV "fling" "flung" "flung" ;
|
||||
fly_V = irregV "fly" "flew" "flown" ;
|
||||
forbid_V = irregDuplV "forbid" "forbade" "forbidden" ;
|
||||
forget_V = irregDuplV "forget" "forgot" "forgotten" ;
|
||||
forgive_V = irregV "forgive" "forgave" "forgiven" ;
|
||||
forsake_V = irregV "forsake" "forsook" "forsaken" ;
|
||||
freeze_V = irregV "freeze" "froze" "frozen" ;
|
||||
get_V = irregDuplV "get" "got" "gotten" ;
|
||||
give_V = irregV "give" "gave" "given" ;
|
||||
go_V = mkV "go" "goes" "went" "gone" "going" ;
|
||||
grind_V = irregV "grind" "ground" "ground" ;
|
||||
grow_V = irregV "grow" "grew" "grown" ;
|
||||
hang_V = irregV "hang" "hung" "hung" ;
|
||||
have_V = mkV "have" "has" "had" "had" "having" ;
|
||||
hear_V = irregV "hear" "heard" "heard" ;
|
||||
hide_V = irregV "hide" "hid" "hidden" ;
|
||||
hit_V = irregDuplV "hit" "hit" "hit" ;
|
||||
hold_V = irregV "hold" "held" "held" ;
|
||||
hurt_V = irregV "hurt" "hurt" "hurt" ;
|
||||
keep_V = irregV "keep" "kept" "kept" ;
|
||||
kneel_V = irregV "kneel" "knelt" "knelt" ;
|
||||
knit_V = irregDuplV "knit" "knit" "knit" ;
|
||||
know_V = irregV "know" "knew" "know" ;
|
||||
lay_V = irregV "lay" "laid" "laid" ;
|
||||
lead_V = irregV "lead" "led" "led" ;
|
||||
leap_V = irregV "leap" (variants {"leaped" ; "lept"}) (variants {"leaped" ; "lept"}) ;
|
||||
learn_V = irregV "learn" (variants {"learned" ; "learnt"}) (variants {"learned" ; "learnt"}) ;
|
||||
leave_V = irregV "leave" "left" "left" ;
|
||||
lend_V = irregV "lend" "lent" "lent" ;
|
||||
let_V = irregDuplV "let" "let" "let" ;
|
||||
lie_V = irregV "lie" "lay" "lain" ;
|
||||
light_V = irregV "light" (variants {"lighted" ; "lit"}) "lighted" ;
|
||||
lose_V = irregV "lose" "lost" "lost" ;
|
||||
make_V = irregV "make" "made" "made" ;
|
||||
mean_V = irregV "mean" "meant" "meant" ;
|
||||
meet_V = irregV "meet" "met" "met" ;
|
||||
misspell_V = irregV "misspell" (variants {"misspelled" ; "misspelt"}) (variants {"misspelled" ; "misspelt"}) ;
|
||||
mistake_V = irregV "mistake" "mistook" "mistaken" ;
|
||||
mow_V = irregV "mow" "mowed" (variants {"mowed" ; "mown"}) ;
|
||||
overcome_V = irregV "overcome" "overcame" "overcome" ;
|
||||
overdo_V = mkV "overdo" "overdoes" "overdid" "overdone" "overdoing" ;
|
||||
overtake_V = irregV "overtake" "overtook" "overtaken" ;
|
||||
overthrow_V = irregV "overthrow" "overthrew" "overthrown" ;
|
||||
pay_V = irregV "pay" "paid" "paid" ;
|
||||
plead_V = irregV "plead" "pled" "pled" ;
|
||||
prove_V = irregV "prove" "proved" (variants {"proved" ; "proven"}) ;
|
||||
put_V = irregDuplV "put" "put" "put" ;
|
||||
quit_V = irregDuplV "quit" "quit" "quit" ;
|
||||
read_V = irregV "read" "read" "read" ;
|
||||
rid_V = irregDuplV "rid" "rid" "rid" ;
|
||||
ride_V = irregV "ride" "rode" "ridden" ;
|
||||
ring_V = irregV "ring" "rang" "rung" ;
|
||||
rise_V = irregV "rise" "rose" "risen" ;
|
||||
run_V = irregDuplV "run" "ran" "run" ;
|
||||
saw_V = irregV "saw" "sawed" (variants {"sawed" ; "sawn"}) ;
|
||||
say_V = irregV "say" "said" "said" ;
|
||||
see_V = irregV "see" "saw" "seen" ;
|
||||
seek_V = irregV "seek" "sought" "sought" ;
|
||||
sell_V = irregV "sell" "sold" "sold" ;
|
||||
send_V = irregV "send" "sent" "sent" ;
|
||||
set_V = irregDuplV "set" "set" "set" ;
|
||||
sew_V = irregV "sew" "sewed" (variants {"sewed" ; "sewn"}) ;
|
||||
shake_V = irregV "shake" "shook" "shaken" ;
|
||||
shave_V = irregV "shave" "shaved" (variants {"shaved" ; "shaven"}) ;
|
||||
shear_V = irregV "shear" "shore" "shorn" ;
|
||||
shed_V = irregDuplV "shed" "shed" "shed" ;
|
||||
shine_V = irregV "shine" "shone" "shone" ;
|
||||
shoe_V = irregV "shoe" "shoed" (variants {"shoed" ; "shod"}) ;
|
||||
shoot_V = irregV "shoot" "shot" "shot" ;
|
||||
show_V = irregV "show" "showed" (variants {"showed" ; "shown"}) ;
|
||||
shrink_V = irregV "shrink" "shrank" "shrunk" ;
|
||||
shut_V = irregDuplV "shut" "shut" "shut" ;
|
||||
sing_V = irregV "sing" "sang" "sung" ;
|
||||
sink_V = irregV "sink" "sank" "sunk" ;
|
||||
sit_V = irregDuplV "sit" "sat" "sat" ;
|
||||
sleep_V = irregV "sleep" "slept" "slept" ;
|
||||
slay_V = irregV "slay" "slew" "slain" ;
|
||||
slide_V = irregV "slide" "slid" "slid" ;
|
||||
sling_V = irregV "sling" "slung" "slung" ;
|
||||
slit_V = irregDuplV "slit" "slit" "slit" ;
|
||||
smite_V = irregV "smite" "smote" "smitten" ;
|
||||
sow_V = irregV "sow" "sowed" (variants {"sowed" ; "sown"}) ;
|
||||
speak_V = irregV "speak" "spoke" "spoken" ;
|
||||
speed_V = irregV "speed" "sped" "sped" ;
|
||||
spend_V = irregV "spend" "spent" "spent" ;
|
||||
spill_V = irregV "spill" (variants {"spilled" ; "spilt"}) (variants {"spilled" ; "spilt"}) ;
|
||||
spin_V = irregDuplV "spin" "spun" "spun" ;
|
||||
spit_V = irregDuplV "spit" (variants {"spit" ; "spat"}) "spit" ;
|
||||
split_V = irregDuplV "split" "split" "split" ;
|
||||
spread_V = irregV "spread" "spread" "spread" ;
|
||||
spring_V = irregV "spring" (variants {"sprang" ; "sprung"}) "sprung" ;
|
||||
stand_V = irregV "stand" "stood" "stood" ;
|
||||
steal_V = irregV "steal" "stole" "stolen" ;
|
||||
stick_V = irregV "stick" "stuck" "stuck" ;
|
||||
sting_V = irregV "sting" "stung" "stung" ;
|
||||
stink_V = irregV "stink" "stank" "stunk" ;
|
||||
stride_V = irregV "stride" "strod" "stridden" ;
|
||||
strike_V = irregV "strike" "struck" "struck" ;
|
||||
string_V = irregV "string" "strung" "strung" ;
|
||||
strive_V = irregV "strive" "strove" "striven" ;
|
||||
swear_V = irregV "swear" "swore" "sworn" ;
|
||||
sweep_V = irregV "sweep" "swept" "swept" ;
|
||||
swell_V = irregV "swell" "swelled" (variants {"swelled" ; "swollen"}) ;
|
||||
swim_V = irregDuplV "swim" "swam" "swum" ;
|
||||
swing_V = irregV "swing" "swung" "swung" ;
|
||||
take_V = irregV "take" "took" "taken" ;
|
||||
teach_V = irregV "teach" "taught" "taught" ;
|
||||
tear_V = irregV "tear" "tore" "torn" ;
|
||||
tell_V = irregV "tell" "told" "told" ;
|
||||
think_V = irregV "think" "thought" "thought" ;
|
||||
thrive_V = irregV "thrive" (variants {"thrived" ; "throve"}) "thrived" ;
|
||||
throw_V = irregV "throw" "threw" "thrown" ;
|
||||
thrust_V = irregV "thrust" "thrust" "thrust" ;
|
||||
tread_V = irregV "tread" "trod" "trodden" ;
|
||||
understand_V = irregV "understand" "understood" "understood" ;
|
||||
uphold_V = irregV "uphold" "upheld" "upheld" ;
|
||||
upset_V = irregDuplV "upset" "upset" "upset" ;
|
||||
wake_V = irregV "wake" "woke" "woken" ;
|
||||
wear_V = irregV "wear" "wore" "worn" ;
|
||||
weave_V = irregV "weave" (variants {"weaved" ; "wove"}) (variants {"weaved" ; "woven"}) ;
|
||||
wed_V = irregDuplV "wed" "wed" "wed" ;
|
||||
weep_V = irregV "weep" "wept" "wept" ;
|
||||
wind_V = irregV "wind" "wound" "wound" ;
|
||||
win_V = irregDuplV "win" "won" "won" ;
|
||||
withhold_V = irregV "withhold" "withheld" "withheld" ;
|
||||
withstand_V = irregV "withstand" "withstood" "withstood" ;
|
||||
wring_V = irregV "wring" "wrung" "wrung" ;
|
||||
write_V = irregV "write" "wrote" "written" ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,395 +0,0 @@
|
||||
--# -path=.:../romance:../common:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
|
||||
-- Irregular verbs from Nancy, based on a list from Sylvain Pogodalla, 25/11/2004
|
||||
-- Translated to GF by Aarne Ranta
|
||||
-- added extracted subcat information 29/11
|
||||
|
||||
concrete IrregFre of IrregFreAbs = CatFre **
|
||||
open DiffFre, MorphoFre, BeschFre, Prelude in {
|
||||
|
||||
flags optimize=values ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- all verbs in classes with "er" and "finir" are omitted
|
||||
|
||||
lin
|
||||
abattre_V2 = v_besch55 "abattre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
absoudre_V2 = v_besch72 "absoudre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
abstenir_V = v_besch23 "abstenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
abstraire_V2 = v_besch61 "abstraire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
accourir_V = v_besch33 "accourir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
accroître_V2 = v_besch73 "accroître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
accueillir_V2 = v_besch28 "accueillir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
acquérir_V2 = v_besch24 "acquérir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
adjoindre_V2 = v_besch58 "adjoindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
admettre_V2 = v_besch56 "admettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
advenir_V = v_besch23 "advenir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
aller_V = v_besch22 "aller" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
apercevoir_V2 = v_besch38 "apercevoir" ** {vtyp = VRefl ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
apparaître_V = v_besch64 "apparaître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
appartenir_V2 = v_besch23 "appartenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
appendre_V2 = v_besch53 "appendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
apprendre_V2 = v_besch54 "apprendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
assaillir_V2 = v_besch29 "assaillir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
asseoir_V2 = v_besch49 "asseoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
astreindre_V2 = v_besch57 "astreindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
atteindre_V2 = v_besch57 "atteindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
attendre_V2 = v_besch53 "attendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
avoir_V2 = v_besch1 "avoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
battre_V2 = v_besch55 "battre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
boire_V2 = v_besch69 "boire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
bouillir_V2 = v_besch31 "bouillir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
braire_V = v_besch61 "braire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
ceindre_V2 = v_besch57 "ceindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
choir_V = v_besch52 "choir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
circonscrire_V2 = v_besch80 "circonscrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
circonvenir_V2 = v_besch23 "circonvenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
clore_V2 = v_besch70 "clore" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
combattre_V2 = v_besch55 "combattre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
commettre_V2 = v_besch56 "commettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
comparaître_V2 = v_besch64 "comparaître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
complaire_V2 = v_besch63 "complaire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
comprendre_V2 = v_besch54 "comprendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
compromettre_V2 = v_besch56 "compromettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
concevoir_V2 = v_besch38 "concevoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
conclure_V2 = v_besch71 "conclure" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
concourir_V2 = v_besch33 "concourir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
condescendre_V2 = v_besch53 "condescendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
conduire_V2 = v_besch82 "conduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
confire_V2 = v_besch81 "confire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
confondre_V2 = v_besch53 "confondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
conjoindre_V2 = v_besch58 "conjoindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
connaître_V2 = v_besch64 "connaître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
conquérir_V2 = v_besch24 "conquérir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
consentir_V2 = v_besch25 "consentir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
construire_V2 = v_besch82 "construire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
contenir_V2 = v_besch23 "contenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
contraindre_V2 = v_besch59 "contraindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
contrebattre_V2 = v_besch55 "contrebattre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
contredire_V2 = v_besch78 "contredire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
contrefaire_V2 = v_besch62 "contrefaire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
contrevenir_V2 = v_besch23 "contrevenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
convaincre_V2 = v_besch60 "convaincre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
convenir_V2 = v_besch23 "convenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
correspondre_V2 = v_besch53 "correspondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
corrompre_V2 = v_besch53 "corrompre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
coudre_V2 = v_besch73 "coudre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
courir_V2 = v_besch33 "courir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
couvrir_V2 = v_besch27 "couvrir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
craindre_V2 = v_besch59 "craindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
croire_V2 = v_besch68 "croire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
croître_V = v_besch67 "croître" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
cueillir_V2 = v_besch28 "cueillir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
cuire_V2 = v_besch82 "cuire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
débattre_V2 = v_besch55 "débattre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
débouillir_V2 = v_besch31 "débouillir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
décevoir_V2 = v_besch38 "décevoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
déchoir_V2 = v_besch52 "déchoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
déclore_V2 = v_besch70 "déclore" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
décommettre_V2 = v_besch56 "décommettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
déconfire_V2 = v_besch81 "déconfire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
découdre_V2 = v_besch73 "découdre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
découvrir_V2 = v_besch27 "découvrir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
décrire_V2 = v_besch80 "décrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
décroître_V2 = v_besch67 "décroître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
décuire_V2 = v_besch82 "décuire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
déduire_V2 = v_besch82 "déduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
défaillir_V = v_besch30 "défaillir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
défaire_V2 = v_besch62 "défaire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
défendre_V2 = v_besch53 "défendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
démentir_V2 = v_besch25 "démentir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
démettre_V2 = v_besch56 "démettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
démordre_V = v_besch53 "démordre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
départir_V2 = v_besch25 "départir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
dépeindre_V2 = v_besch57 "dépeindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
dépendre_V2 = v_besch53 "dépendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
déplaire_V = v_besch63 "déplaire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
dépourvoir_V2 = v_besch40 "dépourvoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
déprendre_V2 = v_besch54 "déprendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
désapprendre_V2 = v_besch54 "désapprendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
descendre_V2 = v_besch53 "descendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
desservir_V2 = v_besch35 "desservir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
déteindre_V2 = v_besch57 "déteindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
détendre_V2 = v_besch53 "détendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
détenir_V2 = v_besch23 "détenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
détordre_V2 = v_besch53 "détordre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
détruire_V2 = v_besch82 "détruire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
devenir_V = v_besch23 "devenir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
dévêtir_V2 = v_besch26 "dévêtir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
devoir_V2 = v_besch42 "devoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
dire_V2 = v_besch78 "dire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
disconvenir_V2 = v_besch23 "disconvenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
discourir_V2 = v_besch33 "discourir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
disjoindre_V2 = v_besch58 "disjoindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
disparaître_V2 = v_besch64 "disparaître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
dissoudre_V2 = v_besch72 "dissoudre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
distendre_V2 = v_besch53 "distendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
distordre_V2 = v_besch53 "distordre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
distraire_V2 = v_besch61 "distraire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
dormir_V2 = v_besch32 "dormir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
ébattre_V = v_besch55 "ébattre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
échoir_V2 = v_besch52 "échoir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
éclore_V2 = v_besch70 "éclore" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
éconduire_V2 = v_besch82 "éconduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
écrire_V2 = v_besch80 "écrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
élire_V2 = v_besch77 "élire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
embatre_V2 = v_besch55 "embatre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
embattre_V2 = v_besch55 "embattre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
emboire_V = v_besch69 "emboire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
émettre_V2 = v_besch56 "émettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
émoudre_V2 = v_besch74 "émoudre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
émouvoir_V2 = v_besch44 "émouvoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
empreindre_V2 = v_besch57 "empreindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
enceindre_V2 = v_besch57 "enceindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
enclore_V2 = v_besch70 "enclore" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
encourir_V2 = v_besch33 "encourir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
endormir_V2 = v_besch32 "endormir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
enduire_V2 = v_besch82 "enduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
enfreindre_V2 = v_besch57 "enfreindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
enfuir_V = v_besch36 "enfuir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
enjoindre_V2 = v_besch58 "enjoindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
enquérir_V = v_besch24 "enquérir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
entendre_V2 = v_besch53 "entendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
entr'apercevoir_V = v_besch38 "entr'apercevoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
entrebattre_V = v_besch55 "entrebattre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
entre_détruire_V = v_besch82 "entre-détruire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
entre_haïr_V = v_besch20 "entre-haïr" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
entremettre_V = v_besch56 "entremettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
entre_nuire_V = v_besch82 "entre-nuire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
entreprendre_V2 = v_besch54 "entreprendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
entretenir_V2 = v_besch23 "entretenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
entrevoir_V2 = v_besch39 "entrevoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
entrouvrir_V2 = v_besch27 "entrouvrir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
envoyer_V2 = v_besch18 "envoyer" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
épandre_V2 = v_besch53 "épandre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
éperdre_V = v_besch53 "éperdre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
éprendre_V = v_besch54 "éprendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
équivaloir_V2 = v_besch47 "équivaloir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
éteindre_V2 = v_besch57 "éteindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
étendre_V2 = v_besch53 "étendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
étreindre_V2 = v_besch57 "étreindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
être_V = v_besch2 "être" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
exclure_V2 = v_besch71 "exclure" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
extraire_V2 = v_besch61 "extraire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
faillir_V2 = v_besch30 "faillir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
faire_V2 = v_besch62 "faire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
falloir_V = v_besch46 "falloir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
feindre_V2 = v_besch57 "feindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
fendre_V2 = v_besch53 "fendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
fondre_V2 = v_besch53 "fondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
forfaire_V2 = v_besch62 "forfaire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
foutre_V2 = v_besch53 "foutre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
frire_V2 = v_besch81 "frire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
fuir_V2 = v_besch36 "fuir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
geindre_V2 = v_besch57 "geindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
gésir_V2 = mkNV (conj3gésir "gésir") ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
haïr_V2 = v_besch20 "haïr" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
inclure_V2 = v_besch71 "inclure" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
induire_V2 = v_besch82 "induire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
inscrire_V2 = v_besch80 "inscrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
instruire_V2 = v_besch82 "instruire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
interdire_V2 = v_besch78 "interdire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
interrompre_V2 = v_besch53 "interrompre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
intervenir_V = v_besch23 "intervenir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
introduire_V2 = v_besch82 "introduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
joindre_V2 = v_besch58 "joindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
lire_V2 = v_besch77 "lire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
luire_V = v_besch82 "luire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
mainmettre_V2 = v_besch56 "mainmettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
maintenir_V2 = v_besch23 "maintenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
méconnaître_V2 = v_besch64 "méconnaître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
mécroire_V2 = v_besch68 "mécroire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
médire_V2 = v_besch78 "médire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
mentir_V2 = v_besch25 "mentir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
méprendre_V2 = v_besch54 "méprendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
messeoir_V2 = v_besch50 "messeoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
mettre_V2 = v_besch56 "mettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
mévendre_V2 = v_besch53 "mévendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
mordre_V2 = v_besch53 "mordre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
morfondre_V = v_besch53 "morfondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
moudre_V2 = v_besch74 "moudre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
mourir_V = v_besch34 "mourir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
mouvoir_V2 = v_besch44 "mouvoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
naître_V = v_besch65 "naître" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
nuire_V2 = v_besch82 "nuire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
obtenir_V2 = v_besch23 "obtenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
obvenir_V = v_besch23 "obvenir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
occlure_V2 = v_besch71 "occlure" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
offrir_V2 = v_besch27 "offrir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
oindre_V2 = v_besch58 "oindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
omettre_V2 = v_besch56 "omettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
ouïr_V2 = v_besch37 "ouïr" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
ouvrir_V2 = v_besch27 "ouvrir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
paître_V2 = v_besch66 "paître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
paître_V = v_besch66 "paître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
paraître_V = v_besch64 "paraître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
parcourir_V2 = v_besch33 "parcourir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
parfondre_V2 = v_besch53 "parfondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
partir_V = v_besch25 "partir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
parvenir_V = v_besch23 "parvenir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
peindre_V2 = v_besch57 "peindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
pendre_V2 = v_besch53 "pendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
percevoir_V2 = v_besch38 "percevoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
perdre_V2 = v_besch53 "perdre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
permettre_V2 = v_besch56 "permettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
plaindre_V2 = v_besch59 "plaindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
plaire_V2 = v_besch63 "plaire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
pleuvoir_V = v_besch45 "pleuvoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
poindre_V2 = v_besch58 "poindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
pondre_V2 = v_besch53 "pondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
pourfendre_V2 = v_besch53 "pourfendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
poursuivre_V2 = v_besch75 "poursuivre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
pourvoir_V2 = v_besch40 "pourvoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
pouvoir_V = v_besch43 "pouvoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
prédire_V2 = v_besch78 "prédire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
prendre_V2 = v_besch54 "prendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
prescrire_V2 = v_besch80 "prescrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
pressentir_V2 = v_besch25 "pressentir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
prétendre_V2 = v_besch53 "prétendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
prévaloir_V2 = v_besch47 "prévaloir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
prévenir_V2 = v_besch23 "prévenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
prévoir_V2 = v_besch39 "prévoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
produire_V2 = v_besch82 "produire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
promettre_V2 = v_besch56 "promettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
promouvoir_V2 = v_besch44 "promouvoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
proscrire_V2 = v_besch80 "proscrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
provenir_V = v_besch23 "provenir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
rabattre_V2 = v_besch55 "rabattre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
raire_V2 = v_besch61 "raire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rapprendre_V2 = v_besch54 "rapprendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rasseoir_V2 = v_besch49 "rasseoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
réadmettre_V2 = v_besch56 "réadmettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
réapparaître_V = v_besch64 "réapparaître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
réapprendre_V2 = v_besch54 "réapprendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rebattre_V2 = v_besch55 "rebattre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
recevoir_V2 = v_besch38 "recevoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
recomparaître_V2 = v_besch64 "recomparaître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
reconduire_V2 = v_besch82 "reconduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
reconnaître_V2 = v_besch64 "reconnaître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
reconquérir_V2 = v_besch24 "reconquérir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
reconstruire_V2 = v_besch82 "reconstruire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
recoudre_V2 = v_besch73 "recoudre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
recourir_V2 = v_besch33 "recourir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
recouvrir_V2 = v_besch27 "recouvrir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
récrire_V2 = v_besch80 "récrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
recroître_V2 = v_besch67 "recroître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
recueillir_V2 = v_besch28 "recueillir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
recuire_V2 = v_besch82 "recuire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
redécouvrir_V2 = v_besch27 "redécouvrir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
redéfaire_V2 = v_besch62 "redéfaire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
redescendre_V2 = v_besch53 "redescendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
redevenir_V = v_besch23 "redevenir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
redevoir_V2 = v_besch42 "redevoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
redire_V2 = v_besch78 "redire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
réduire_V2 = v_besch82 "réduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
réécrire_V2 = v_besch80 "réécrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
réélire_V2 = v_besch77 "réélire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
réentendre_V2 = v_besch53 "réentendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
refaire_V2 = v_besch62 "refaire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
refendre_V2 = v_besch53 "refendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
refondre_V2 = v_besch53 "refondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
réinscrire_V2 = v_besch80 "réinscrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
réintroduire_V2 = v_besch82 "réintroduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rejoindre_V2 = v_besch58 "rejoindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
relire_V2 = v_besch77 "relire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
reluire_V2 = v_besch82 "reluire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
remettre_V2 = v_besch56 "remettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
remordre_V2 = v_besch53 "remordre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
remoudre_V2 = v_besch74 "remoudre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
renaître_V2 = v_besch65 "renaître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rendormir_V2 = v_besch32 "rendormir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rendre_V2 = v_besch53 "rendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rentraire_V2 = v_besch61 "rentraire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rentrouvrir_V2 = v_besch27 "rentrouvrir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
renvoyer_V2 = v_besch18 "renvoyer" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
repaître_V2 = v_besch66 "repaître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
répandre_V2 = v_besch53 "répandre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
reparaître_V = v_besch64 "reparaître" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
repartir_V = v_besch25 "repartir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
repeindre_V2 = v_besch57 "repeindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rependre_V2 = v_besch53 "rependre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
repentir_V = v_besch25 "repentir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
reperdre_V2 = v_besch53 "reperdre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
repleuvoir_V = v_besch45 "repleuvoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
répondre_V2 = v_besch53 "répondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
reprendre_V2 = v_besch54 "reprendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
reproduire_V2 = v_besch82 "reproduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
requérir_V2 = v_besch24 "requérir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
résoudre_V2 = mkNV (conj3résoudre "résoudre") ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
ressentir_V2 = v_besch25 "ressentir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
resservir_V2 = v_besch35 "resservir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
ressortir_V = v_besch25 "ressortir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
ressouvenir_V = v_besch23 "ressouvenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
restreindre_V2 = v_besch57 "restreindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
reteindre_V2 = v_besch57 "reteindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
retendre_V2 = v_besch53 "retendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
retenir_V2 = v_besch23 "retenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
retondre_V2 = v_besch53 "retondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
retordre_V2 = v_besch53 "retordre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
retraduire_V2 = v_besch82 "retraduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
retraire_V2 = v_besch61 "retraire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
retranscrire_V2 = v_besch80 "retranscrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
retransmettre_V2 = v_besch56 "retransmettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rétreindre_V2 = v_besch57 "rétreindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
revaloir_V2 = v_besch47 "revaloir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
revendre_V2 = v_besch53 "revendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
revenir_V = v_besch23 "revenir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
revêtir_V2 = v_besch26 "revêtir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
revivre_V2 = v_besch76 "revivre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
revoir_V2 = v_besch39 "revoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
revouloir_V2 = v_besch48 "revouloir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rire_V2 = v_besch79 "rire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complGen} ;
|
||||
rompre_V2 = v_besch53 "rompre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
rouvrir_V2 = v_besch27 "rouvrir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
saillir_V2 = v_besch29 "saillir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
satisfaire_V2 = v_besch62 "satisfaire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
savoir_V2 = v_besch41 "savoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
secourir_V2 = v_besch33 "secourir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
séduire_V2 = v_besch82 "séduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
sentir_V2 = v_besch25 "sentir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
seoir_V = v_besch50 "seoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
servir_V2 = v_besch35 "servir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
sortir_V = v_besch25 "sortir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
soubattre_V2 = v_besch55 "soubattre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
souffrir_V2 = v_besch27 "souffrir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
soumettre_V2 = v_besch56 "soumettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
sourire_V2 = v_besch79 "sourire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
souscrire_V2 = v_besch80 "souscrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
sous_entendre_V2 = v_besch53 "sous-entendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
sous_tendre_V2 = v_besch53 "sous-tendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
soustraire_V2 = v_besch61 "soustraire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
soutenir_V2 = v_besch23 "soutenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
souvenir_V = v_besch23 "souvenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
subvenir_V2 = v_besch23 "subvenir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
suffire_V2 = v_besch81 "suffire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
suivre_V2 = v_besch75 "suivre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
surfaire_V2 = v_besch62 "surfaire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
surprendre_V2 = v_besch54 "surprendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
surproduire_V2 = v_besch82 "surproduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
surseoir_V2 = v_besch51 "surseoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
surtondre_V2 = v_besch53 "surtondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
survenir_V = v_besch23 "survenir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
survivre_V2 = v_besch76 "survivre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
suspendre_V2 = v_besch53 "suspendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
taire_V2 = v_besch63 "taire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
teindre_V2 = v_besch57 "teindre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
tendre_V2 = v_besch53 "tendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
tenir_V2 = v_besch23 "tenir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complDat} ;
|
||||
tondre_V2 = v_besch53 "tondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
tordre_V2 = v_besch53 "tordre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
traduire_V2 = v_besch82 "traduire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
traire_V2 = v_besch61 "traire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
transcrire_V2 = v_besch80 "transcrire" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
transmettre_V2 = v_besch56 "transmettre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
transparaître_V = v_besch64 "transparaître" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
tréfondre_V2 = v_besch53 "tréfondre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
tressaillir_V = v_besch29 "tressaillir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
vaincre_V2 = v_besch60 "vaincre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
valoir_V2 = v_besch47 "valoir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
vendre_V2 = v_besch53 "vendre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
venir_V = v_besch23 "venir" ** {vtyp = VEsse ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
vêtir_V2 = v_besch26 "vêtir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
vivre_V2 = v_besch76 "vivre" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
voir_V2 = v_besch39 "voir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
vouloir_V2 = v_besch48 "vouloir" ** {vtyp = VHabere ; lock_V2 = <> ; c2 = complAcc} ;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
|
||||
--# -path=.:prelude:../abstract:../common
|
||||
|
||||
-- adapted from verb list in
|
||||
-- http://www.iee.et.tu-dresden.de/~wernerr/grammar/verben_dt.html
|
||||
|
||||
concrete IrregGer of IrregGerAbs = CatGer ** open ParadigmsGer in {
|
||||
|
||||
flags optimize=values ;
|
||||
|
||||
lin backen_V = irregV "backen" "bäckt" (variants {"backt" ; "buk"}) (variants {"backt" ; "buke"}) "gebacken" ;
|
||||
lin befehlen_V = irregV "befehlen" "befiehlt" "befahl" "beföhle" "befähle)" ;
|
||||
lin beginnen_V = irregV "beginnen" "beginnt" "begann" "begönne" "begänne)" ;
|
||||
lin beißen_V = irregV "beißen" "beißt" "biß" "biße" "gebissen" ;
|
||||
lin bergen_V = irregV "bergen" "birgt" "barg" "bärge" "geborgen" ;
|
||||
lin bersten_V = irregV "bersten" "birst" "barst" "bärste" "geborsten" ;
|
||||
lin bewegen_V = irregV "bewegen" "bewegt" "bewog" "bewöge" "bewogen" ;
|
||||
lin biegen_V = irregV "biegen" "biegt" "bog" "böge" "gebogen" ;
|
||||
lin bieten_V = irregV "bieten" "bietet" "bot" "böte" "geboten" ;
|
||||
lin binden_V = irregV "binden" "bindt" "band" "bände" "gebunden" ;
|
||||
lin bitten_V = irregV "bitten" "bittet" "bat" "bäte" "gebeten" ;
|
||||
lin blasen_V = irregV "blasen" "bläst" "blies" "bliese" "geblasen" ;
|
||||
lin bleiben_V = irregV "bleiben" "bleibt" "blieb" "bliebe" "geblieben" ;
|
||||
lin braten_V = irregV "braten" "brät" "briet" "briete" "gebraten" ;
|
||||
lin brechen_V = irregV "brechen" "bricht" "brach" "bräche" "gebrochen" ;
|
||||
lin brennen_V = irregV "brennen" "brennt" "brannte" "brennte" "gebrannt" ;
|
||||
lin bringen_V = irregV "bringen" "bringt" "brachte" "brachte" "gebracht" ;
|
||||
lin denken_V = irregV "denken" "denkt" "dachte" "dachte" "gedacht" ;
|
||||
lin dingen_V = irregV "dingen" "dingt" "dingte" "dang" "gedungen" ;
|
||||
lin dreschen_V = irregV "dreschen" "drischt" "drosch" "drösche" "gedroschen" ;
|
||||
lin dringen_V = irregV "dringen" "dringt" "drang" "dränge" "gedrungen" ;
|
||||
lin dürfen_V = irregV "dürfen" "darf" "durfte" "dürfte" "gedurft" ;
|
||||
lin empfehlen_V = irregV "empfehlen" "empfiehlt" "empfahl"
|
||||
(variants {"empföhle" ; "empfähle"}) "empfohlen" ;
|
||||
lin erlöschen_V = irregV "erlöschen" "erlischt" "erlosch" "erlösche" "erloschen" ;
|
||||
lin erkennen_V = irregV "erkennen" "erkennt" "erkannte" "erkannte" "erkannt" ;
|
||||
lin erschrecken_V = irregV "erschrecken" "erschrickt" "erschrak" "erschräke" "erschrocken" ;
|
||||
lin essen_V = irregV "essen" "ißt" "aß" "äße" "gegessen" ;
|
||||
lin fahren_V = irregV "fahren" "fährt" "fuhr" "führe" "gefahren" ;
|
||||
lin fallen_V = irregV "fallen" "fällt" "fiel" "fiele" "gefallen" ;
|
||||
lin fangen_V = irregV "fangen" "fängt" "fing" "finge" "gefangen" ;
|
||||
lin fechten_V = irregV "fechten" "fechtet" "focht" "föchte" "gefochten" ;
|
||||
lin finden_V = irregV "finden" "findt" "fand" "fände" "gefunden" ;
|
||||
lin flechten_V = irregV "flechten" "flicht" "flocht" "flöchte" "geflochten" ;
|
||||
lin fliegen_V = irregV "fliegen" "fliegt" "flog" "flöge" "geflogen" ;
|
||||
lin fliehen_V = irregV "fliehen" "flieht" "floh" "flöhe" "geflohen" ;
|
||||
lin fließen_V = irregV "fließen" "fließt" "floß" "flösse" "geflossen" ;
|
||||
lin fressen_V = irregV "fressen" "frißt" "fraß" "fräße" "gefressen" ;
|
||||
lin frieren_V = irregV "frieren" "friert" "fror" "fröre" "gefroren" ;
|
||||
lin gären_V = irregV "gären" "gärt" (variants {"gor" ; "gärte"}) "göre" "gegoren" ;
|
||||
lin gebären_V = irregV "gebären" "gebiert" "gebar" "gebäre" "geboren" ;
|
||||
lin geben_V = irregV "geben" "gibt" "gab" "gäbe" "gegeben" ;
|
||||
lin gedeihen_V = irregV "gedeihen" "gedeiht" "gedieh" "gediehe" "gediehen" ;
|
||||
lin gehen_V = irregV "gehen" "geht" "ging" "ginge" "gegangen" ;
|
||||
lin gelingen_V = irregV "gelingen" "gelingt" "gelang" "gelange" "gelungen" ;
|
||||
lin gelten_V = irregV "gelten" "gilt" "galt" (variants {"galte" ; "golte"}) "gegolten" ;
|
||||
lin genesen_V = irregV "genesen" "genest" "genas" "genäse" "genesen" ;
|
||||
lin genießen_V = irregV "genießen" "genießt" "genoß" "genösse" "genossen" ;
|
||||
lin geschehen_V = irregV "geschehen" "geschieht" "geschah" "geschehen" "geschähe" ;
|
||||
lin gewinnen_V = irregV "gewinnen" "gewinnt" "gewann" (variants {"gewönne" ; "gewänne"}) "gewonnen" ;
|
||||
lin gießen_V = irregV "gießen" "gießt" "goß" "gösse" "gegossen" ;
|
||||
lin gleichen_V = irregV "gleichen" "gleicht" "glich" "gliche" "geglichen" ;
|
||||
lin gleiten_V = irregV "gleiten" "gleitet" "glitt" "glitte" "geglitten" ;
|
||||
lin glimmen_V = irregV "glimmen" "glimmt" "glomm" "glimmte" "glömme" ;
|
||||
lin graben_V = irregV "graben" "gräbt" "grub" "grübe" "gegraben" ;
|
||||
lin greifen_V = irregV "greifen" "greift" "griff" "griffe" "gegriffen" ;
|
||||
lin haben_V = irregV "haben" "hat" "hatte" "hatte" "gehabt" ;
|
||||
lin halten_V = irregV "halten" "hält" "hielt" "hielte" "gehalten" ;
|
||||
lin hängen_V = irregV "hängen" "hängt" "hing" "hinge" "gehangen" ;
|
||||
lin hauen_V = irregV "hauen" "haut" (variants {"haute" ; "hieb"}) (variants {"haute" ; "hiebe"}) "gehauen" ;
|
||||
lin heben_V = irregV "heben" "hebt" "hob" "höbe" "gehoben" ;
|
||||
lin heißen_V = irregV "heißen" "heißt" "hieß" "hieße" "geheißen" ;
|
||||
lin helfen_V = irregV "helfen" "hilft" "half" "hülfe" "geholfen" ;
|
||||
lin kennen_V = irregV "kennen" "kennt" "kannte" "kennte" "gekannt" ;
|
||||
lin klimmen_V = irregV "klimmen" "klimmt" "klomm" "klömme" "geklommen" ;
|
||||
lin klingen_V = irregV "klingen" "klingt" "klang" "klänge" "geklungen" ;
|
||||
lin kneifen_V = irregV "kneifen" "kneift" "kniff" "kniffe" "gekniffen" ;
|
||||
lin kommen_V = irregV "kommen" "kommt" "kam" "käme" "gekommen" ;
|
||||
lin können_V = irregV "können" "kann" "konnte" "könnte" "gekonnt" ;
|
||||
lin kriechen_V = irregV "kriechen" "kriecht" "kroch" "kröche" "gekrochen" ;
|
||||
lin küren_V = irregV "küren" "kürt" "kürte" "kor" "gekürt" ;
|
||||
lin laden_V = irregV "laden" "lädt" "lud" "lüde" "geladen" ;
|
||||
lin lassen_V = irregV "lassen" "läßt" "ließ" "ließe" "gelassen" ;
|
||||
lin laufen_V = irregV "laufen" "läuft" "lief" "liefe" "gelaufen" ;
|
||||
lin leiden_V = irregV "leiden" "leidt" "litt" "litte" "gelitten" ;
|
||||
lin leihen_V = irregV "leihen" "leiht" "lieh" "liehe" "geliehen" ;
|
||||
lin lesen_V = irregV "lesen" "liest" "las" "läse" "gelesen" ;
|
||||
lin liegen_V = irregV "liegen" "liegt" "lag" "läge" "gelegen" ;
|
||||
lin lügen_V = irregV "lügen" "lügt" "log" "löge" "gelogen" ;
|
||||
lin mahlen_V = irregV "mahlen" "mahlt" "mahlte" "mahlte" "gemahlen" ;
|
||||
lin meiden_V = irregV "meiden" "meidt" "mied" "miede" "gemieden" ;
|
||||
lin melken_V = irregV "melken" (variants {"melkt" ; "milkt"}) (variants {"melkte" ; "molk"}) "gemolken" "gemelkt" ;
|
||||
lin messen_V = irregV "messen" "mißt" "maß" "mäße" "gemessen" ;
|
||||
lin mißlingen_V = irregV "mißlingen" "mißlingt" "mißlang" "mißlungen" "mißlänge" ;
|
||||
lin mögen_V = irregV "mögen" "mag" "mochte" "möchte" "gemocht" ;
|
||||
lin müssen_V = irregV "müssen" "muß" "mußte" "müßte" "gemußt" ;
|
||||
lin nehmen_V = irregV "nehmen" "nimmt" "nahm" "nähme" "genommen" ;
|
||||
lin nennen_V = irregV "nennen" "nennt" "nannte" "nennte" "genannt" ;
|
||||
lin pfeifen_V = irregV "pfeifen" "pfeift" "pfiff" "pfiffe" "gepfiffen" ;
|
||||
lin preisen_V = irregV "preisen" "preist" "pries" "priese" "gepriesen" ;
|
||||
lin quellen_V = irregV "quellen" "quillt" "quoll" "quölle" "gequollen" ;
|
||||
lin raten_V = irregV "raten" "rät" "riet" "riete" "geraten" ;
|
||||
lin reiben_V = irregV "reiben" "reibt" "rieb" "riebe" "gerieben" ;
|
||||
lin reißen_V = irregV "reißen" "reißt" "riß" "riße" "gerissen" ;
|
||||
lin reiten_V = irregV "reiten" "reitet" "ritt" "ritte" "geritten" ;
|
||||
lin rennen_V = irregV "rennen" "rennt" "rannte" "rennte" "gerannt" ;
|
||||
lin riechen_V = irregV "riechen" "riecht" "roch" "röche" "gerochen" ;
|
||||
lin ringen_V = irregV "ringen" "ringt" "rang" "ränge" "gerungen" ;
|
||||
lin rinnen_V = irregV "rinnen" "rinnt" "rann" "ränne" "geronnen" ;
|
||||
lin rufen_V = irregV "rufen" "ruft" "rief" "riefe" "gerufen" ;
|
||||
lin salzen_V = irregV "salzen" "salzt" "salzte" "salzte" "gesalzen" ;
|
||||
lin saufen_V = irregV "saufen" "säuft" "soff" "söffe" "gesoffen" ;
|
||||
lin saugen_V = irregV "saugen" "saugt" (variants {"saugte" ; "sog"}) (variants {"saugte" ; "soge"}) (variants {"gesaugt" ; "gesogen"}) ;
|
||||
lin schaffen_V = irregV "schaffen" "schafft" "schuf" "schüfe" "geschaffen" ;
|
||||
lin scheiden_V = irregV "scheiden" "scheidt" "schied" "schiede" "geschieden" ;
|
||||
lin scheinen_V = irregV "scheinen" "scheint" "schien" "schiene" "geschienen" ;
|
||||
lin scheißen_V = irregV "scheißen" "scheißt" "schiß" "schiße" "geschissen" ;
|
||||
lin schelten_V = irregV "schelten" "schilt" "schalt" "schölte" "gescholten" ;
|
||||
lin scheren_V = irregV "scheren" "schert" "schor" "schöre" "geschoren" ;
|
||||
lin schieben_V = irregV "schieben" "schiebt" "schob" "schöbe" "geschoben" ;
|
||||
lin schießen_V = irregV "schießen" "schießt" "schoß" "schösse" "geschossen" ;
|
||||
lin schinden_V = irregV "schinden" "schindt" "schund" "schunde" "geschunden" ;
|
||||
lin schlafen_V = irregV "schlafen" "schläft" "schlief" "schliefe" "geschlafen" ;
|
||||
lin schlagen_V = irregV "schlagen" "schlägt" "schlug" "schlüge" "geschlagen" ;
|
||||
lin schleichen_V = irregV "schleichen" "schleicht" "schlich" "schliche" "geschlichen" ;
|
||||
lin schleifen_V = irregV "schleifen" "schleift" "schliff" "schliffe" "geschliffen" ;
|
||||
lin schleißen_V = irregV "schleißen" "schleißt" (variants {"schliß" ; "schleißte"}) (variants {"schliß" ; "schleißte"}) (variants {"geschlissen" ; "geschleißt"}) ;
|
||||
lin schließen_V = irregV "schließen" "schließt" "schloß" "schlösse" "geschlossen" ;
|
||||
lin schlingen_V = irregV "schlingen" "schlingt" "schlang" "schlünge" "geschlungen" ;
|
||||
lin schmeißen_V = irregV "schmeißen" "schmeißt" "schmiß" "schmiße" "geschmissen" ;
|
||||
lin schmelzen_V = irregV "schmelzen" "schmilzt" "schmolz" "schmölze" "geschmolzen" ;
|
||||
lin schneiden_V = irregV "schneiden" "schneidt" "schnitt" "schnitte" "geschnitten" ;
|
||||
lin schreiben_V = irregV "schreiben" "schreibt" "schrieb" "schriebe" "geschrieben" ;
|
||||
lin schreien_V = irregV "schreien" "schreit" "schrie" "schrie" "geschrien" ;
|
||||
lin schreiten_V = irregV "schreiten" "schreitet" "schritt" "schritte" "geschritten" ;
|
||||
lin schweigen_V = irregV "schweigen" "schweigt" "schwieg" "schwiege" "geschwiegen" ;
|
||||
lin schwellen_V = irregV "schwellen" "schwillt" "schwoll" "schwölle" "geschwollen" ;
|
||||
lin schwimmen_V = irregV "schwimmen" "schwimmt" "schwamm" (variants {"schwömme" ; "schwämme"}) "geschwommen" ;
|
||||
lin schwinden_V = irregV "schwinden" "schwindt" "schwand" "schwände" "geschwunden" ;
|
||||
lin schwingen_V = irregV "schwingen" "schwingt" "schwang" "schwänge" "geschwungen" ;
|
||||
lin schwören_V = irregV "schwören" "schwört" "schwor" "schwüre" "geschworen" ;
|
||||
lin sehen_V = irregV "sehen" "sieht" "sah" "sähe" "gesehen" ;
|
||||
lin sein_V = irregV "sein" "ist" "war" "wäre" "gewesen" ;
|
||||
lin senden_V = irregV "senden" "sendt" (variants {"sandte" ; "sendete"}) (variants {"sandte" ; "sendete"}) (variants {"gesandt" ; "gesendet"}) ;
|
||||
lin sieden_V = irregV "sieden" "siedt" (variants {"siedete" ; "sott"}) (variants {"siedete" ; "sotte"}) (variants {"gesotten" ; "gesiedet"}) ;
|
||||
lin singen_V = irregV "singen" "singt" "sang" "sänge" "gesungen" ;
|
||||
lin sinken_V = irregV "sinken" "sinkt" "sank" "sänke" "gesunken" ;
|
||||
lin sinnen_V = irregV "sinnen" "sinnt" "sann" "sänne" "gesonnen" ;
|
||||
lin sitzen_V = irregV "sitzen" "sitzt" "saß" "säße" "gesessen" ;
|
||||
lin sollen_V = irregV "sollen" "sollt" "sollte" "sollte" "gesollt" ;
|
||||
lin speien_V = irregV "speien" "speit" "spie" "spie" "gespien" ;
|
||||
lin spinnen_V = irregV "spinnen" "spinnt" "spann" (variants {"spönne" ; "spänne"}) "gesponnen" ;
|
||||
lin spleißen_V = irregV "spleißen" "spleißt" "spliß" "spliße" "gesplissen" ;
|
||||
lin sprechen_V = irregV "sprechen" "spricht" "sprach" "spräche" "gesprochen" ;
|
||||
lin sprießen_V = irregV "sprießen" "sprießt" "sproß" "sprösse" "gesprossen" ;
|
||||
lin springen_V = irregV "springen" "springt" "sprang" "spränge" "gesprungen" ;
|
||||
lin stechen_V = irregV "stechen" "sticht" "stach" "stäche" "gestochen" ;
|
||||
lin stehen_V = irregV "stehen" "steht" "stand" (variants {"stünde" ; "stände"}) "gestanden" ;
|
||||
lin stehlen_V = irregV "stehlen" "stiehlt" "stahl" "stähle" "gestohlen" ;
|
||||
lin steigen_V = irregV "steigen" "steigt" "stieg" "stiege" "gestiegen" ;
|
||||
lin sterben_V = irregV "sterben" "stirbt" "starb" "stürbe" "gestorben" ;
|
||||
lin stieben_V = irregV "stieben" "stiebt" "stob" "stöbe" "gestoben" ;
|
||||
lin stinken_V = irregV "stinken" "stinkt" "stank" "stänke" "gestunken" ;
|
||||
lin stoßen_V = irregV "stoßen" "stößt" "stieß" "stieße" "gestoßen" ;
|
||||
lin streichen_V = irregV "streichen" "streicht" "strich" "striche" "gestrichen" ;
|
||||
lin streiten_V = irregV "streiten" "streitet" "stritt" "stritte" "gestritten" ;
|
||||
lin tragen_V = irregV "tragen" "trägt" "trug" "trüge" "getragen" ;
|
||||
lin treffen_V = irregV "treffen" "trifft" "traf" "träfe" "getroffen" ;
|
||||
lin treiben_V = irregV "treiben" "treibt" "trieb" "triebe" "getrieben" ;
|
||||
lin treten_V = irregV "treten" "tritt" "trat" "träte" "getreten" ;
|
||||
lin trinken_V = irregV "trinken" "trinkt" "trank" "tränke" "getrunken" ;
|
||||
lin trügen_V = irregV "trügen" "trügt" "trog" "tröge" "getrogen" ;
|
||||
lin tun_V = irregV "tun" "tut" "tat" "täte" "getan" ;
|
||||
lin verderben_V = irregV "verderben" "verdirbt" "verdarb" "verdarbe" "verdorben" ;
|
||||
lin verlieren_V = irregV "verlieren" "verliert" "verlor" "verlöre" "verloren" ;
|
||||
lin wachsen_V = irregV "wachsen" "wächst" "wuchs" "wüchse" "gewachsen" ;
|
||||
lin wägen_V = irregV "wägen" "wägt" "wog" "woge" "gewogen" ;
|
||||
lin waschen_V = irregV "waschen" "wäscht" "wusch" "wüsche" "gewaschen" ;
|
||||
lin weben_V = irregV "weben" "webt" (variants {"wob" ; "webte"}) "wöbe" (variants {"gewoben" ; "gewebt"}) ;
|
||||
lin weichen_V = irregV "weichen" "weicht" "wich" "wiche" "gewichen" ;
|
||||
lin weisen_V = irregV "weisen" "weist" "wies" "wiese" "gewiesen" ;
|
||||
lin wenden_V = irregV "wenden" "wendt" (variants {"wandte" ; "wendete"}) (variants {"wandte" ; "wendete"}) (variants {"gewandt" ; "gewendet"}) ;
|
||||
lin werben_V = irregV "werben" "wirbt" "warb" "würbe" "geworben" ;
|
||||
lin werden_V = irregV "werden" "wird" (variants {"wurde" ; "ward"}) "würde" "geworden" ;
|
||||
lin werfen_V = irregV "werfen" "wirft" "warf" "würfe" "geworfen" ;
|
||||
lin wiegen_V = irregV "wiegen" "wiegt" "wog" "wöge" "gewogen" ;
|
||||
lin winden_V = irregV "winden" "windt" "wand" "wände" "gewunden" ;
|
||||
lin wissen_V = irregV "wissen" "weiß" "wußte" "wüßte" "gewußt" ;
|
||||
lin wollen_V = irregV "wollen" "will" "wollte" "wollte" "gewollt" ;
|
||||
lin wringen_V = irregV "wringen" "wringt" "wrang" "wränge" "gewrungen" ;
|
||||
lin zeihen_V = irregV "zeihen" "zeiht" "zieh" "ziehe" "geziehen" ;
|
||||
lin ziehen_V = irregV "ziehen" "zieht" "zog" "zöge" "gezogen" ;
|
||||
lin zwingen_V = irregV "zwingen" "zwingt" "zwang" "zwänge" "gezwungen" ;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
||||
--# -path=.:../scandinavian:../common:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
|
||||
-- see: http://frodo.bruderhof.com/norskklassen/commonverbs.htm
|
||||
|
||||
concrete IrregNor of IrregNorAbs = CatNor ** open ParadigmsNor in {
|
||||
|
||||
flags optimize=values ;
|
||||
|
||||
lin be_V = mkV "be" "ber" "bes" "bad" "bedt" "be" ;
|
||||
lin bite_V = irregV "bite" (variants {"bet" ; "beit"}) "bitt" ;
|
||||
lin bli_V = irregV "bli" (variants {"ble" ; "blei"}) "blitt" ;
|
||||
lin brenne_V = irregV "brenne" (variants {"brant" ; "brente"}) "brent" ;
|
||||
lin bringe_V = irregV "bringe" "brakte" "brakt" ;
|
||||
lin burde_V = irregV "burde" "burde" "burdet" ;
|
||||
lin bære_V = irregV "bære" "bar" "båret" ;
|
||||
lin dra_V = mkV "dra" "drar" "dras" "drog" (variants {"dradd" ; "dratt"}) "dra" ;
|
||||
lin drikke_V = irregV "drikke" "drakk" "drukket" ;
|
||||
lin drive_V = irregV "drive" (variants {"drev" ; "dreiv"}) "drevet" ;
|
||||
lin dø_V = irregV "dø" (variants {"dødde" ; "døde"}) "dødd" ;
|
||||
lin eie_V = irregV "eie" (variants {"eide" ; "åtte"}) (variants {"eid" ; "ått"}) ;
|
||||
lin falle_V = irregV "falle" "falt" "falt" ;
|
||||
lin finne_V = irregV "finne" "fant" "funnet" ;
|
||||
lin fly_V = irregV "fly" (variants {"fløy" ; "flaug"}) (variants {"fløyet";"flydd"}) ;
|
||||
lin flyte_V = irregV "flyte" (variants {"fløte" ; "flaut"}) "flytt" ;
|
||||
lin foretrekke_V = irregV "foretrekke" "foretrakk" "foretrukket" ;
|
||||
lin forlate_V = irregV "forlate" "forlot" "forlatt" ;
|
||||
lin forstå_V = irregV "forstå" "forstod" "forstått" ;
|
||||
lin fortelle_V = irregV "fortelle" "fortalte" "fortalt" ;
|
||||
lin fryse_V = irregV "fryse" "frøs" "frosset" ;
|
||||
lin få_V = irregV "få" "fikk" "fått" ;
|
||||
lin gi_V = irregV "gi" "gav" "gitt" ;
|
||||
lin gjelde_V = irregV "gjelde" (variants {"gjaldt" ; "galdt"}) "gjeldt" ;
|
||||
lin gjøre_V = irregV "gjøre" "gjorde" "gjort" ;
|
||||
lin gni_V = irregV "gni" (variants {"gned" ; "gnei" ; "gnidde"}) "gnidd" ;
|
||||
lin gå_V = irregV "gå" "gikk" "gått" ;
|
||||
lin ha_V = irregV "ha" "hadde" "hatt" ;
|
||||
lin hente_V = irregV "hente" "hentet" "hendt" ;
|
||||
lin hete_V = irregV "hete" (variants {"het" ; "hette"}) "hett" ;
|
||||
lin hjelpe_V = irregV "hjelpe" "hjalp" "hjulpet" ;
|
||||
lin holde_V = irregV "holde" "holdt" "holdt" ;
|
||||
lin komme_V = irregV "komme" "kom" "kommet" ;
|
||||
lin kunne_V = irregV "kunne" "kunne" "kunnet" ;
|
||||
lin la_V = irregV "la" "lot" "latt" ;
|
||||
lin legge_V = irregV "legge" "la" "lagt" ;
|
||||
lin ligge_V = irregV "ligge" "lå" "ligget" ;
|
||||
lin løpe_V = irregV "løpe" "løp" (variants {"løpt" ; "løpet"}) ;
|
||||
lin måtte_V = irregV "måtte" "måtte" "måttet" ;
|
||||
lin renne_V = irregV "renne" "rant" "rent" ;
|
||||
lin se_V = mkV "se" "ser" "ses" "så" "sett" "se" ;
|
||||
lin selge_V = irregV "selge" "solgte" "solgt" ;
|
||||
lin sette_V = irregV "sette" "satte" "satt" ;
|
||||
lin si_V = mkV "si" "sier" "sies" "sa" "sagt" "sagd" ;
|
||||
lin sitte_V = irregV "sitte" "satt" "sittet" ;
|
||||
lin skjære_V = irregV "skjære" "skar" "skåret" ;
|
||||
lin skrive_V = irregV "skrive" "skrev" "skrevet" ;
|
||||
lin skulle_V = irregV "skulle" "skulle" "skullet" ;
|
||||
lin slå_V = irregV "slå" "slo" "slått" ;
|
||||
lin slåss_V = mkV "slåss" "slåss" "slåss" "sloss" "slåss" "slåss" ;
|
||||
lin sove_V = irregV "sove" "sov" "sovet" ;
|
||||
lin springe_V = irregV "springe" "sprang" "sprunget" ;
|
||||
lin spørre_V = irregV "spørre" "spurte" "spurt" ;
|
||||
lin stikke_V = irregV "stikke" "stakk" "stukket" ;
|
||||
lin stå_V = irregV "stå" "stod" "stått" ;
|
||||
lin suge_V = irregV "suge" (variants {"sugde" ; "saug"}) "sugd" ;
|
||||
lin synes_V = irregV "synes" "syntes" (variants {"synes" ; "syns"}) ;
|
||||
lin synge_V = irregV "synge" "sang" "sunget" ;
|
||||
lin ta_V = irregV "ta" "tok" "tatt" ;
|
||||
lin treffe_V = irregV "treffe" "traff" "truffet" ;
|
||||
lin trives_V = irregV "trives" "trivdes" (variants {"trives" ; "trivs"}) ;
|
||||
lin ville_V = irregV "ville" "ville" "villet" ;
|
||||
lin vite_V = mkV "vite" "vet" "vetes" "visste" "visst" "vit" ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
|
||||
--# -path=.:../scandinavian:../common:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
|
||||
concrete IrregSwe of IrregSweAbs = CatSwe ** open ParadigmsSwe in {
|
||||
|
||||
flags optimize=values ;
|
||||
|
||||
lin
|
||||
anfalla_V = irregV "anfalla" "anföll" "anfallit" ;
|
||||
angiva_V = irregV "angiva" "angav" "angivit" ;
|
||||
angripa_V = irregV "angripa" "angrep" "angripit" ;
|
||||
anhålla_V = irregV "anhålla" "anhäll" "anhållit" ;
|
||||
antaga_V = irregV "antaga" "antog" "antagit" ;
|
||||
äta_V = irregV "äta" "åt" "ätit" ;
|
||||
återfinna_V = irregV "återfinna" "återfann" "återfunnit" ;
|
||||
avbryta_V = irregV "avbryta" "avbröt" "avbrutit" ;
|
||||
avfalla_V = irregV "avfalla" "avföll" "avfallit" ;
|
||||
avhugga_V = irregV "avhugga" "avhögg" "avhuggit" ;
|
||||
avlida_V = irregV "avlida" "avled" "avlidit" ;
|
||||
avnjuta_V = irregV "avnjuta" "avnjöt" "avnjutit" ;
|
||||
avsitta_V = irregV "avsitta" "avsatt" "avsuttit" ;
|
||||
avskriva_V = irregV "avskriva" "avskrev" "avskrivit" ;
|
||||
avstiga_V = irregV "avstiga" "avsteg" "avstigit" ;
|
||||
bära_V = irregV "bära" "bar" "burit" ;
|
||||
bedraga_V = irregV "bedraga" "bedrog" "bedragit" ;
|
||||
bedriva_V = irregV "bedriva" "bedrev" "bedrivit" ;
|
||||
befinna_V = irregV "befinna" "befann" "befunnit" ;
|
||||
begrava_V = irregV "begrava" "begrov" "begravit" ;
|
||||
behålla_V = irregV "behålla" "behöll" "behållit" ;
|
||||
beljuga_V = irregV "beljuga" "beljög" "beljugit" ;
|
||||
berida_V = irregV "berida" "bered" "beridit" ;
|
||||
besitta_V = irregV "besitta" "besatt" "besuttit" ;
|
||||
beskriva_V = irregV "beskriva" "beskrev" "beskrivit" ;
|
||||
besluta_V = irregV "besluta" "beslöt" "beslutit" ;
|
||||
bestiga_V = irregV "bestiga" "besteg" "bestigit" ;
|
||||
bestrida_V = irregV "bestrida" "bestred" "bestridit" ;
|
||||
bidraga_V = irregV "bidraga" "bidrog" "bidragit" ;
|
||||
bifalla_V = irregV "bifalla" "biföll" "bifallit" ;
|
||||
binda_V = irregV "binda" "band" "bundit" ;
|
||||
bita_V = irregV "bita" "bet" "bitit" ;
|
||||
bjuda_V = irregV "bjuda" "bjöd" "bjudit" ;
|
||||
bliva_V = irregV "bli" "blev" "blivit" ;
|
||||
borttaga_V = irregV "borttaga" "borttog" "borttagit" ;
|
||||
brinna_V = irregV "brinna" "brann" "brunnit" ;
|
||||
brista_V = irregV "brista" "brast" "brustit" ;
|
||||
bryta_V = irregV "bryta" "bröt" "brutit" ;
|
||||
dö_V = irregV "dö" "dog" "dött" ;
|
||||
draga_V = mkV (variants { "dra"; "draga"}) (variants { "drar" ;
|
||||
"drager"}) (variants { "dra" ; "drag" }) "drog" "dragit" "dragen" ;
|
||||
dricka_V = irregV "dricka" "drack" "druckit" ;
|
||||
driva_V = irregV "driva" "drev" "drivit" ;
|
||||
drypa_V = irregV "drypa" "dröp" "drupit" ;
|
||||
duga_V = irregV "duga" "dög" "dugit" ;
|
||||
dyka_V = irregV "dyka" "dök" "dukit" ;
|
||||
erbjuda_V = irregV "erbjuda" "erbjöd" "erbjudit" ;
|
||||
erfara_V = irregV "erfara" "erfor" "erfarit" ;
|
||||
erhålla_V = irregV "erhålla" "erhöll" "erhållit" ;
|
||||
falla_V = irregV "falla" "föll" "fallit" ;
|
||||
fånga_V = irregV "fånga" "fäng" "fångit" ;
|
||||
fara_V = irregV "fara" "for" "farit" ;
|
||||
finna_V = irregV "finna" "fann" "funnit" ;
|
||||
flyga_V = irregV "flyga" "flög" "flugit" ;
|
||||
flyta_V = irregV "flyta" "flöt" "flutit" ;
|
||||
förbehålla_V = irregV "förbehålla" "förbehöll" "förbehållit" ;
|
||||
förbinda_V = irregV "förbinda" "förband" "förbundit" ;
|
||||
förbjuda_V = irregV "förbjuda" "förbjöd" "förbjudit" ;
|
||||
fördriva_V = irregV "fördriva" "fördrev" "fördrivit" ;
|
||||
föreskriva_V = irregV "föreskriva" "föreskrev" "föreskrivit" ;
|
||||
företaga_V = irregV "företaga" "företog" "företagit" ;
|
||||
förfrysa_V = irregV "förfrysa" "förfrös" "förfrusit" ;
|
||||
förlåta_V = irregV "förlåta" "förlät" "förlåtit" ;
|
||||
förnimma_V = irregV "förnimma" "förnamm" "förnummit" ;
|
||||
försitta_V = irregV "försitta" "försatt" "försuttit" ;
|
||||
försvinna_V = irregV "försvinna" "försvann" "försvunnit" ;
|
||||
förtiga_V = irregV "förtiga" "förteg" "förtigit" ;
|
||||
frysa_V = irregV "frysa" "frös" "frusit" ;
|
||||
gå_V = irregV "gå" "gick" "gått" ;
|
||||
göra_V = mkV "göra" "gör" "gör" "gjorde" "gjort" "gjord" ;
|
||||
genomdriva_V = irregV "genomdriva" "genomdrev" "genomdrivit" ;
|
||||
gilla_V = irregV "gilla" "gall" "gillit" ;
|
||||
giva_V = irregV "ge" "gav" "givit" ;
|
||||
gjuta_V = irregV "gjuta" "gjöt" "gjutit" ;
|
||||
glida_V = irregV "glida" "gled" "glidit" ;
|
||||
gnida_V = irregV "gnida" "gned" "gnidit" ;
|
||||
gråta_V = irregV "gråta" "grät" "gråtit" ;
|
||||
gripa_V = irregV "gripa" "grep" "gripit" ;
|
||||
hålla_V = irregV "hålla" "höll" "hållit" ;
|
||||
hinna_V = irregV "hinna" "hann" "hunnit" ;
|
||||
hugga_V = irregV "hugga" "högg" "huggit" ;
|
||||
iakttaga_V = irregV "iakttaga" "iakttog" "iakttagit" ;
|
||||
inbegripa_V = irregV "inbegripa" "inbegrep" "inbegripit" ;
|
||||
inbjuda_V = irregV "inbjuda" "inbjöd" "inbjudit" ;
|
||||
indraga_V = irregV "indraga" "indrog" "indragit" ;
|
||||
innesluta_V = irregV "innesluta" "inneslöt" "inneslutit" ;
|
||||
inskriva_V = irregV "inskriva" "inskrev" "inskrivit" ;
|
||||
intaga_V = irregV "intaga" "intog" "intagit" ;
|
||||
känna_V = irregV "känna" "kände" "känt" ;
|
||||
klämma_V = regV "klämmer" ;
|
||||
kliva_V = irregV "kliva" "klev" "klivit" ;
|
||||
klyva_V = irregV "klyva" "klöv" "kluvit" ;
|
||||
knipa_V = irregV "knipa" "knep" "knipit" ;
|
||||
knyta_V = irregV "knyta" "knöt" "knutit" ;
|
||||
komma_V = irregV "komma" "kom" "kommit" ;
|
||||
krypa_V = irregV "krypa" "kröp" "krupit" ;
|
||||
kunna_V = mkV "kunna" "kan" "kan" "kunde" "kunnat" "känd" ;
|
||||
kvida_V = irregV "kvida" "kved" "kvidit" ;
|
||||
låta_V = irregV "låta" "lät" "låtit" ;
|
||||
leva_V = irregV "leva" "levde" "levt" ;
|
||||
ligga_V = irregV "ligga" "låg" "legat" ;
|
||||
ljuda_V = irregV "ljuda" "ljöd" "ljudit" ;
|
||||
ljuga_V = irregV "ljuga" "ljög" "ljugit" ;
|
||||
ljuta_V = irregV "ljuta" "ljöt" "ljutit" ;
|
||||
lägga_V = irregV "lägga" "lade" "lagt" ;
|
||||
mottaga_V = irregV "mottaga" "mottog" "mottagit" ;
|
||||
nerstiga_V = irregV "nerstiga" "nersteg" "nerstigit" ;
|
||||
niga_V = irregV "niga" "neg" "nigit" ;
|
||||
njuta_V = irregV "njuta" "njöt" "njutit" ;
|
||||
omgiva_V = irregV "omgiva" "omgav" "omgivit" ;
|
||||
överfalla_V = irregV "överfalla" "överföll" "överfallit" ;
|
||||
övergiva_V = irregV "övergiva" "övergav" "övergivit" ;
|
||||
pipa_V = irregV "pipa" "pep" "pipit" ;
|
||||
rida_V = irregV "rida" "red" "ridit" ;
|
||||
rinna_V = irregV "rinna" "rann" "runnit" ;
|
||||
riva_V = irregV "riva" "rev" "rivit" ;
|
||||
ryta_V = irregV "ryta" "röt" "rutit" ;
|
||||
säga_V = irregV "säga" "sade" "sagt" ;
|
||||
se_V = irregV "se" "såg" "sett" ;
|
||||
sitta_V = irregV "sitta" "satt" "suttit" ;
|
||||
sjuda_V = irregV "sjuda" "sjöd" "sjudit" ;
|
||||
sjunga_V = irregV "sjunga" "sjöng" "sjungit" ;
|
||||
sjunka_V = irregV "sjunka" "sjönk" "sjunkit" ;
|
||||
skära_V = mkV "skära" "skär" "skär" "skar" "skurit" "skuren" ;
|
||||
skina_V = irregV "skina" "sken" "skinit" ;
|
||||
skita_V = irregV "skita" "sket" "skitit" ;
|
||||
skjuta_V = irregV "skjuta" "skjöt" "skjutit" ;
|
||||
skrida_V = irregV "skrida" "skred" "skridit" ;
|
||||
skrika_V = irregV "skrika" "skrek" "skrikit" ;
|
||||
skriva_V = irregV "skriva" "skrev" "skrivit" ;
|
||||
skryta_V = irregV "skryta" "skröt" "skrutit" ;
|
||||
slå_V = irregV "slå" "slog" "slagit" ;
|
||||
slinka_V = irregV "slinka" "slank" "slunkit" ;
|
||||
slippa_V = irregV "slippa" "slapp" "sluppit" ;
|
||||
slita_V = irregV "slita" "slet" "slitit" ;
|
||||
sluta_V = irregV "sluta" "slöt" "slutit" ;
|
||||
smörja_V = irregV "smörja" "smorjde" "smort" ;
|
||||
smita_V = irregV "smita" "smet" "smitit" ;
|
||||
snyta_V = irregV "snyta" "snöt" "snutit" ;
|
||||
sova_V = irregV "sova" "sov" "sovit" ;
|
||||
spinna_V = irregV "spinna" "spann" "spunnit" ;
|
||||
spricka_V = irregV "spricka" "sprack" "spruckit" ;
|
||||
sprida_V = irregV "sprida" "spred" "spridit" ;
|
||||
springa_V = irregV "springa" "sprang" "sprungit" ;
|
||||
stå_V = irregV "stå" "stod" "stått" ;
|
||||
sticka_V = irregV "sticka" "stack" "stuckit" ;
|
||||
stiga_V = irregV "stiga" "steg" "stigit" ;
|
||||
stinka_V = irregV "stinka" "stank" "stunkit" ;
|
||||
strida_V = irregV "strida" "stred" "stridit" ;
|
||||
strypa_V = irregV "strypa" "ströp" "strupit" ;
|
||||
suga_V = irregV "suga" "sög" "sugit" ;
|
||||
supa_V = irregV "supa" "söp" "supit" ;
|
||||
svälla_V = irregV "svälla" "svällde" "svällt" ;
|
||||
svida_V = irregV "svida" "sved" "svidit" ;
|
||||
svika_V = irregV "svika" "svek" "svikit" ;
|
||||
sy_V = irregV "sy" "sydde" "sytt" ;
|
||||
taga_V = irregV "taga" "tog" "tagit" ;
|
||||
tiga_V = irregV "tiga" "teg" "tigit" ;
|
||||
tillåta_V = irregV "tillåta" "tillät" "tillåtit" ;
|
||||
tillsluta_V = irregV "tillsluta" "tillslöt" "tillslutit" ;
|
||||
tjuta_V = irregV "tjuta" "tjöt" "tjutit" ;
|
||||
tryta_V = irregV "tryta" "tröt" "trutit" ;
|
||||
tvinga_V = irregV "tvinga" "tvang" "tvungit" ;
|
||||
uppfinna_V = irregV "uppfinna" "uppfann" "uppfunnit" ;
|
||||
uppgiva_V = irregV "uppgiva" "uppgav" "uppgivit" ;
|
||||
upplåta_V = irregV "upplåta" "upplät" "upplåtit" ;
|
||||
uppstiga_V = irregV "uppstiga" "uppsteg" "uppstigit" ;
|
||||
upptaga_V = irregV "upptaga" "upptog" "upptagit" ;
|
||||
utbjuda_V = irregV "utbjuda" "utbjöd" "utbjudit" ;
|
||||
utbrista_V = irregV "utbrista" "utbrast" "utbrustit" ;
|
||||
utesluta_V = irregV "utesluta" "uteslöt" "uteslutit" ;
|
||||
utskriva_V = irregV "utskriva" "utskrev" "utskrivit" ;
|
||||
veta_V = mkV "veta" "vet" "vet" "visste" "vetat" (variants {}) ;
|
||||
vända_V = irregV "vända" "vände" "vänt" ;
|
||||
vina_V = irregV "vina" "ven" "vinit" ;
|
||||
vinna_V = irregV "vinna" "vann" "vunnit" ;
|
||||
vrida_V = irregV "vrida" "vred" "vridit" ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Lang: a Test Module for the Resource Grammar</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Lang: a Test Module for the Resource Grammar</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:09:20 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This grammar is for testing the resource as included in the
|
||||
language-independent API, consisting of a grammar and a lexicon.
|
||||
The grammar without a lexicon is <A HREF="Grammar.html"><CODE>Grammar</CODE></A>,
|
||||
which may be more suitable to open in applications.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Lang =
|
||||
Grammar,
|
||||
Lexicon
|
||||
** {} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Lang.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Test lexicon</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Test lexicon</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Fri Jan 20 18:01:38 2006
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Test lexicon</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Test lexicon</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This lexicon is used when developing a grammar, and called by
|
||||
<A HREF="Test.html">Test</A>. The full lexicon is divided between
|
||||
<A HREF="Structural.html">Structural</A>, <A HREF="Basic.html">Basic</A>, and <A HREF="Numeral.html">Numeral</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Lex = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Words of open classes
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
walk_V : V ;
|
||||
help_V2 : V2 ;
|
||||
show_V3 : V3 ;
|
||||
want_VV : VV ;
|
||||
claim_VS : VS ;
|
||||
ask_VQ : VQ ;
|
||||
|
||||
dog_N : N ;
|
||||
son_N2 : N2 ;
|
||||
way_N3 : N3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
warm_A : A ;
|
||||
close_A2 : A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Structural words
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
only_Predet, all_Predet : Predet ;
|
||||
|
||||
this_Quant : QuantSg ;
|
||||
these_Quant : QuantPl ;
|
||||
|
||||
i_Pron, he_Pron, we_Pron : Pron ;
|
||||
|
||||
whoSg_IP, whoPl_IP : IP ;
|
||||
|
||||
when_IAdv, where_IAdv, why_IAdv : IAdv ;
|
||||
|
||||
whichSg_IDet, whichPl_IDet : IDet ;
|
||||
|
||||
here_Adv : Adv ;
|
||||
|
||||
very_AdA : AdA ;
|
||||
|
||||
always_AdV : AdV ;
|
||||
|
||||
forty_Numeral : Numeral ;
|
||||
|
||||
in_Prep, of_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
and_Conj : Conj ;
|
||||
either7or_DConj : DConj ;
|
||||
|
||||
but_PConj : PConj ;
|
||||
|
||||
if_Subj, because_Subj : Subj ;
|
||||
|
||||
please_Voc : Voc ;
|
||||
|
||||
more_CAdv, less_CAdv : CAdv ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.0 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Lex.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Fri Jan 20 18:01:38 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract ListConjunction = Cat ** {
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
|
||||
ConjS : Conj -> [S] -> S ; -- "John walks and Mary runs"
|
||||
ConjAP : Conj -> [AP] -> AP ; -- "even and prime"
|
||||
ConjNP : Conj -> [NP] -> NP ; -- "John or Mary"
|
||||
ConjAdv : Conj -> [Adv] -> Adv ; -- "quickly or slowly"
|
||||
|
||||
DConjS : DConj -> [S] -> S ; -- "either John walks or Mary runs"
|
||||
DConjAP : DConj -> [AP] -> AP ; -- "both even and prime"
|
||||
DConjNP : DConj -> [NP] -> NP ; -- "either John or Mary"
|
||||
DConjAdv : DConj -> [Adv] -> Adv ; -- "both badly and slowly"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These categories are internal to this module.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
cat
|
||||
[S]{2} ;
|
||||
[Adv]{2} ;
|
||||
[NP]{2} ;
|
||||
[AP]{2} ;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.0 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/ListConjunction.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> The Mathematics API to the Resource Grammar</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> The Mathematics API to the Resource Grammar</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-25 21:36:45 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This grammar is a collection of the different modules.
|
||||
It differs from <CODE>Lang</CODE> in two main ways:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI>the combinations in Noun, Verb, Adjective, Adverb, Sentence are not included
|
||||
<LI>instead, Symbol and Predication are used
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In practice, the most important difference is that only present-tense sentences
|
||||
are included, and that symbolic expressions are recognized as NPs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Mathematical =
|
||||
Noun - [ComplN2], --- to avoid ambiguity
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verb,
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Adjective,
|
||||
Adverb,
|
||||
Numeral,
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sentence,
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Question,
|
||||
Relative,
|
||||
Conjunction,
|
||||
Phrase,
|
||||
Text,
|
||||
Idiom,
|
||||
Structural,
|
||||
|
||||
Symbol,
|
||||
Predication,
|
||||
|
||||
Lexicon
|
||||
** {} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc mathematical/Mathematical.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Multimodal additions to the resource grammar library</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Multimodal additions to the resource grammar library</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-05-23 23:36:59 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Multi = Lang ** {
|
||||
|
||||
cat
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Entrypoint for speech recognition - suppresses clicks.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Speech ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The entrypoint to sequencialized multimodal input is <CODE>Phr</CODE>.
|
||||
The pointing gesture (click) type.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Point ;
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The top function to send an utterance to speech recognizer.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SpeechUtt : PConj -> Utt -> Voc -> Speech ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Demonstratives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
this8point_NP : Point -> NP ;
|
||||
that8point_NP : Point -> NP ;
|
||||
these8point_NP : Point -> NP ;
|
||||
those8point_NP : Point -> NP ;
|
||||
here8point_Adv : Point -> Adv ;
|
||||
here7to8point_Adv : Point -> Adv ;
|
||||
here7from8point_Adv : Point -> Adv ;
|
||||
this8point_Quant : Point -> Quant ;
|
||||
that8point_Quant : Point -> Quant ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Building points from strings.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
MkPoint : String -> Point ;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc multimodal/Multi.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Last update: 2006-02-25 21:46:53 CET
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Multimodal =
|
||||
Noun,
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verb,
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Adjective,
|
||||
Adverb,
|
||||
Numeral,
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sentence,
|
||||
Question,
|
||||
Relative,
|
||||
Conjunction,
|
||||
Phrase,
|
||||
Tensed,
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Structural,
|
||||
Demonstrative,
|
||||
Lexicon
|
||||
** {} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc multimodal/Multimodal.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Noun: Nouns, noun phrases, and determiners</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Noun: Nouns, noun phrases, and determiners</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:19:41 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Determiners</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Common nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Apposition</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Noun = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Noun phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The three main types of noun phrases are
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI>common nouns with determiners
|
||||
<LI>proper names
|
||||
<LI>pronouns
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
DetCN : Det -> CN -> NP ; -- the man
|
||||
UsePN : PN -> NP ; -- John
|
||||
UsePron : Pron -> NP ; -- he
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Pronouns are defined in the module <A HREF="Structural.html"><CODE>Structural</CODE></A>.
|
||||
A noun phrase already formed can be modified by a <CODE>Predet</CODE>erminer.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
PredetNP : Predet -> NP -> NP; -- only the man
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A noun phrase can also be postmodified by the past participle of a
|
||||
verb or by an adverb.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
PPartNP : NP -> V2 -> NP ; -- the number squared
|
||||
AdvNP : NP -> Adv -> NP ; -- Paris at midnight
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Determiners</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The determiner has a fine-grained structure, in which a 'nucleus'
|
||||
quantifier and two optional parts can be discerned.
|
||||
The cardinal numeral is only available for plural determiners.
|
||||
(This is modified from CLE by further dividing their <CODE>Num</CODE> into
|
||||
cardinal and ordinal.)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
DetSg : QuantSg -> Ord -> Det ; -- this best man
|
||||
DetPl : QuantPl -> Num -> Ord -> Det ; -- these five best men
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Quantifiers that have both forms can be used in both ways.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SgQuant : Quant -> QuantSg ; -- this
|
||||
PlQuant : Quant -> QuantPl ; -- these
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Pronouns have possessive forms. Genitives of other kinds
|
||||
of noun phrases are not given here, since they are not possible
|
||||
in e.g. Romance languages. They can be found in
|
||||
<A HREF="../abstract/Extra.gf"><CODE>Extra</CODE></A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
PossPron : Pron -> Quant ; -- my (house)
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
All parts of the determiner can be empty, except <CODE>Quant</CODE>, which is
|
||||
the <I>kernel</I> of a determiner.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
NoNum : Num ;
|
||||
NoOrd : Ord ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<CODE>Num</CODE> consists of either digits or numeral words.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
NumInt : Int -> Num ; -- 51
|
||||
NumNumeral : Numeral -> Num ; -- fifty-one
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The construction of numerals is defined in <A HREF="Numeral.html">Numeral</A>.
|
||||
<CODE>Num</CODE> can be modified by certain adverbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
AdNum : AdN -> Num -> Num ; -- almost 51
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<CODE>Ord</CODE> consists of either digits or numeral words.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
OrdInt : Int -> Ord ; -- 51st
|
||||
OrdNumeral : Numeral -> Ord ; -- fifty-first
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Superlative forms of adjectives behave syntactically in the same way as
|
||||
ordinals.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
OrdSuperl : A -> Ord ; -- largest
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Definite and indefinite constructions are sometimes realized as
|
||||
neatly distinct words (Spanish <I>un, unos ; el, los</I>) but also without
|
||||
any particular word (Finnish; Swedish definites).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
DefArt : Quant ; -- the (house), the (houses)
|
||||
IndefArt : Quant ; -- a (house), (houses)
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Nouns can be used without an article as mass nouns. The resource does
|
||||
not distinguish mass nouns from other common nouns, which can result
|
||||
in semantically odd expressions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
MassDet : QuantSg ; -- (beer)
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Other determiners are defined in <A HREF="Structural.html">Structural</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Common nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Simple nouns can be used as nouns outright.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
UseN : N -> CN ; -- house
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns take one or two arguments.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
ComplN2 : N2 -> NP -> CN ; -- son of the king
|
||||
ComplN3 : N3 -> NP -> N2 ; -- flight from Moscow (to Paris)
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns can also be used without their arguments.
|
||||
The semantics is typically derivative of the relational meaning.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
UseN2 : N2 -> CN ; -- son
|
||||
UseN3 : N3 -> CN ; -- flight
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Nouns can be modified by adjectives, relative clauses, and adverbs
|
||||
(the last rule will give rise to many 'PP attachment' ambiguities
|
||||
when used in connection with verb phrases).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
AdjCN : AP -> CN -> CN ; -- big house
|
||||
RelCN : CN -> RS -> CN ; -- house that John owns
|
||||
AdvCN : CN -> Adv -> CN ; -- house on the hill
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Nouns can also be modified by embedded sentences and questions.
|
||||
For some nouns this makes little sense, but we leave this for applications
|
||||
to decide. Sentential complements are defined in <A HREF="Verb.html">Verb</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SentCN : CN -> SC -> CN ; -- fact that John smokes, question if he does
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Apposition</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is certainly overgenerating.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
ApposCN : CN -> NP -> CN ; -- number x, numbers x and y
|
||||
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Noun.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Numerals</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Numerals</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:22:05 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This grammar defines numerals from 1 to 999999.
|
||||
The implementations are adapted from the
|
||||
<A HREF="http://www.cs.chalmers.se/~aarne/GF/examples/numerals/">numerals library</A>
|
||||
which defines numerals for 88 languages.
|
||||
The resource grammar implementations add to this inflection (if needed)
|
||||
and ordinal numbers.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<B>Note</B> 1. Number 1 as defined
|
||||
in the category <CODE>Numeral</CODE> here should not be used in the formation of
|
||||
noun phrases, and should therefore be removed. Instead, one should use
|
||||
<A HREF="Structural.html">Structural</A><CODE>.one_Quant</CODE>. This makes the grammar simpler
|
||||
because we can assume that numbers form plural noun phrases.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<B>Note</B> 2. The implementations introduce spaces between
|
||||
parts of a numeral, which is often incorrect - more work on
|
||||
(un)lexing is needed to solve this problem.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Numeral = Cat ** {
|
||||
|
||||
cat
|
||||
Digit ; -- 2..9
|
||||
Sub10 ; -- 1..9
|
||||
Sub100 ; -- 1..99
|
||||
Sub1000 ; -- 1..999
|
||||
Sub1000000 ; -- 1..999999
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
num : Sub1000000 -> Numeral ;
|
||||
|
||||
n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n9 : Digit ;
|
||||
|
||||
pot01 : Sub10 ; -- 1
|
||||
pot0 : Digit -> Sub10 ; -- d * 1
|
||||
pot110 : Sub100 ; -- 10
|
||||
pot111 : Sub100 ; -- 11
|
||||
pot1to19 : Digit -> Sub100 ; -- 10 + d
|
||||
pot0as1 : Sub10 -> Sub100 ; -- coercion of 1..9
|
||||
pot1 : Digit -> Sub100 ; -- d * 10
|
||||
pot1plus : Digit -> Sub10 -> Sub100 ; -- d * 10 + n
|
||||
pot1as2 : Sub100 -> Sub1000 ; -- coercion of 1..99
|
||||
pot2 : Sub10 -> Sub1000 ; -- m * 100
|
||||
pot2plus : Sub10 -> Sub100 -> Sub1000 ; -- m * 100 + n
|
||||
pot2as3 : Sub1000 -> Sub1000000 ; -- coercion of 1..999
|
||||
pot3 : Sub1000 -> Sub1000000 ; -- m * 1000
|
||||
pot3plus : Sub1000 -> Sub1000 -> Sub1000000 ; -- m * 1000 + n
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Numeral.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,448 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Danish Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Danish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 20:53:41 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs with 'være' as auxiliary</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs with a particle</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Deponent verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2005 - 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an API for the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
expressions of open categories: nouns, adjectives, verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Closed categories (determiners, pronouns, conjunctions) are
|
||||
accessed through the resource syntax API, <CODE>Structural.gf</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main difference with <CODE>MorphoDan.gf</CODE> is that the types
|
||||
referred to are compiled resource grammar types. We have moreover
|
||||
had the design principle of always having existing forms, rather
|
||||
than stems, as string arguments of the paradigms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The structure of functions for each word class <CODE>C</CODE> is the following:
|
||||
first we give a handful of patterns that aim to cover all
|
||||
regular cases. Then we give a worst-case function <CODE>mkC</CODE>, which serves as an
|
||||
escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>.
|
||||
However, this function should only seldom be needed: we have a
|
||||
separate module <A HREF="../../danish/IrregDan.gf"><CODE>IrregDan</CODE></A>,
|
||||
which haves a list of irregular verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource ParadigmsDan =
|
||||
open
|
||||
(Predef=Predef),
|
||||
Prelude,
|
||||
CommonScand,
|
||||
ResDan,
|
||||
MorphoDan,
|
||||
CatDan in {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
Gender : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
utrum : Gender ;
|
||||
neutrum : Gender ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Number : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
singular : Number ;
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over case names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Case : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
nominative : Case ;
|
||||
genitive : Case ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Prepositions used in many-argument functions are just strings.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ; -- empty string
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give all four forms. The gender is computed from the
|
||||
last letter of the second form (if <I>n</I>, then <CODE>utrum</CODE>, otherwise <CODE>neutrum</CODE>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN : (dreng,drengen,drenge,drengene : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular function takes the singular indefinite form
|
||||
and computes the other forms and the gender by a heuristic.
|
||||
The heuristic is that all nouns are <CODE>utrum</CODE> with the
|
||||
plural ending <I>er</I> or <I>r</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN : Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Giving gender manually makes the heuristic more reliable.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regGenN : Str -> Gender -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This function takes the singular indefinite and definite forms; the
|
||||
gender is computed from the definite form.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk2N : (bil,bilen : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This function takes the singular indefinite and definite and the plural
|
||||
indefinite
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk3N : (bil,bilen,biler : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
All the functions above work quite as well to form compound nouns,
|
||||
such as <I>fodbold</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>datter til x</I>) need a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The most common preposition is <I>af</I>, and the following is a
|
||||
shortcut for regular relational nouns with <I>af</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN2 : Str -> Gender -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Use the function <CODE>mkPrep</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
form other prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>forbindelse fra x til y</I>)
|
||||
need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
relational noun (e.g. <I>tidligere kone til</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Paris neutrum
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- utrum gender
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sometimes you can reuse a common noun as a proper name, e.g. <I>Bank</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nounPN : N -> PN ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To form a noun phrase that can also be plural and have an irregular
|
||||
genitive, you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Str -> Number -> Gender -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need three forms:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA : (galen,galet,galne : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
For regular adjectives, the other forms are derived.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regA : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In most cases, two forms are enough.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk2A : (stor,stort : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adjectives may need as many as five forms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkADeg : (stor,stort,store,storre,storst : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular pattern works for many adjectives, e.g. those ending
|
||||
with <I>ig</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regADeg : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Just the comparison forms can be irregular.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
irregADeg : (tung,tyngre,tyngst : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sometimes just the positive forms are irregular.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk3ADeg : (galen,galet,galna : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
mk2ADeg : (bred,bredt : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If comparison is formed by <I>mer</I>, <I>mest</I>, as in general for
|
||||
long adjective, the following pattern is used:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compoundA : A -> A ; -- -/mer/mest norsk
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
after the verb. Some can be close to the verb like the negation
|
||||
<I>ikke</I> (e.g. <I>altid</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ;
|
||||
mkAdV : Str -> AdV ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The worst case needs six forms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV : (spise,spiser,spises,spiste,spist,spis : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The 'regular verb' function is the first conjugation.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regV : (snakke : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The almost regular verb function needs the infinitive and the preteritum.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk2V : (leve,levde : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
There is an extensive list of irregular verbs in the module <CODE>IrregDan</CODE>.
|
||||
In practice, it is enough to give three forms, as in school books.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
irregV : (drikke, drak, drukket : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with 'være' as auxiliary</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
By default, the auxiliary is <I>have</I>. This function changes it to <I>være</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
vaereV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with a particle</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The particle, such as in <I>passe på</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
partV : V -> Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Deponent verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some words are used in passive forms only, e.g. <I>undres</I>, some as
|
||||
reflexive e.g. <I>forestille sig</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
depV : V -> V ;
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- snakke, med, om
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- give,_,til
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Notice: categories <CODE>V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q</CODE> are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
just as synonyms of <CODE>V2</CODE>, and the second argument is given
|
||||
as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
<CODE>V0</CODE> is just <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc danish/ParadigmsDan.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,595 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jan 17 15:24:36 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--# -path=.:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--1 Dutlish Lexical Paradigms
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Aarne Ranta 2003--2005
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- This is an API to the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
-- for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
-- expressions of open categories: nouns, adjectives, verbs.
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Closed categories (determiners, pronouns, conjunctions) are
|
||||
-- accessed through the resource syntax API, <CODE>Structural.gf</CODE>.
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The main difference with <CODE>MorphoDut.gf</CODE> is that the types
|
||||
-- referred to are compiled resource grammar types. We have moreover
|
||||
-- had the design principle of always having existing forms, rather
|
||||
-- than stems, as string arguments of the paradigms.
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The structure of functions for each word class <CODE>C</CODE> is the following:
|
||||
-- first we give a handful of patterns that aim to cover all
|
||||
-- regular cases. Then we give a worst-case function <CODE>mkC</CODE>, which serves as an
|
||||
-- escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>.
|
||||
-- However, this function should only seldom be needed: we have a
|
||||
-- separate module <CODE>IrregularDut</CODE>, which covers all irregularly inflected
|
||||
-- words.
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The following modules are presupposed:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
resource ParadigmsDut = open
|
||||
(Predef=Predef),
|
||||
Prelude,
|
||||
MorphoDut,
|
||||
CatDut
|
||||
in {
|
||||
--2 Parameters
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
Gender : Type ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
human : Gender ;
|
||||
nonhuman : Gender ;
|
||||
masculine : Gender ;
|
||||
feminite : Gender ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Number : Type ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
singular : Number ;
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- To abstract over case names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Case : Type ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
nominative : Case ;
|
||||
genitive : Case ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- Prepositions are used in many-argument functions for rection.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Preposition : Type ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--2 Nouns
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- Worst case: give all four forms and the semantic gender.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkN : (man,men,man's,men's : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- The regular function captures the variants for nouns ending with
|
||||
-- <I>s</I>,<I>sh</I>,<I>x</I>,<I>z</I> or <I>y</I>: <I>kiss - kisses</I>, <I>flash - flashes</I>;
|
||||
-- <I>fly - flies</I> (but <I>toy - toys</I>),
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regN : Str -> N ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- In practice the worst case is just: give singular and plural nominative.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mk2N : (man,men : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- All nouns created by the previous functions are marked as
|
||||
-- <CODE>nonhuman</CODE>. If you want a <CODE>human</CODE> noun, wrap it with the following
|
||||
-- function:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
genderN : Gender -> N -> N ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--3 Compound nouns
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- All the functions above work quite as well to form compound nouns,
|
||||
-- such as <I>baby boom</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--3 Relational nouns
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Relational nouns (<I>daughter of x</I>) need a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- The most common preposition is <I>of</I>, and the following is a
|
||||
-- shortcut for regular, <CODE>nonhuman</CODE> relational nouns with <I>of</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regN2 : Str -> N2 ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- Use the function <CODE>mkPreposition</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
-- form other prepositions.
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Three-place relational nouns (<I>the connection from x to y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--3 Relational common noun phrases
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
-- relational noun (e.g. <I>the old town hall of</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
cnN2 : CN -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
cnN3 : CN -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--
|
||||
--3 Proper names and noun phrases
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- Sometimes you can reuse a common noun as a proper name, e.g. <I>Bank</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
nounPN : N -> PN ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- To form a noun phrase that can also be plural and have an irregular
|
||||
-- genitive, you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Str -> Number -> Gender -> NP ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--2 Adjectives
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- Non-comparison one-place adjectives need two forms: one for
|
||||
-- the adjectival and one for the adverbial form (<I>free - freely</I>)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkA : (free,freely : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- For regular adjectives, the adverbial form is derived. This holds
|
||||
-- even for cases with the variation <I>happy - happily</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regA : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--3 Two-place adjectives
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- Comparison adjectives may two more forms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
ADeg : Type ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkADeg : (good,better,best,well : Str) -> ADeg ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- The regular pattern recognizes two common variations:
|
||||
-- <I>-e</I> (<I>rude</I> - <I>ruder</I> - <I>rudest</I>) and
|
||||
-- <I>-y</I> (<I>happy - happier - happiest - happily</I>)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regADeg : Str -> ADeg ; -- long, longer, longest
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- However, the duplication of the final consonant is nor predicted,
|
||||
-- but a separate pattern is used:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
duplADeg : Str -> ADeg ; -- fat, fatter, fattest
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- If comparison is formed by <I>more, //most</I>, as in general for//
|
||||
-- long adjective, the following pattern is used:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
compoundADeg : A -> ADeg ; -- -/more/most ridiculous
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- From a given <CODE>ADeg</CODE>, it is possible to get back to <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
adegA : ADeg -> A ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--2 Adverbs
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
-- after the verb. Some can be preverbal (e.g. <I>always</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ;
|
||||
mkAdV : Str -> AdV ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--2 Prepositions
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- A preposition as used for rection in the lexicon, as well as to
|
||||
-- build <CODE>PP</CODE>s in the resource API, just requires a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- (These two functions are synonyms.)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--2 Verbs
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Except for <I>be</I>, the worst case needs five forms: the infinitive and
|
||||
-- the third person singular present, the past indicative, and the
|
||||
-- past and present participles.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkV : (go, goes, went, gone, going : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- The regular verb function recognizes the special cases where the last
|
||||
-- character is <I>y</I> (<I>cry - cries</I> but <I>buy - buys</I>) or <I>s</I>, <I>sh</I>, <I>x</I>, <I>z</I>
|
||||
-- (<I>fix - fixes</I>, etc).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regV : Str -> V ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- The following variant duplicates the last letter in the forms like
|
||||
-- <I>rip - ripped - ripping</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regDuplV : Str -> V ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- There is an extensive list of irregular verbs in the module <CODE>IrregularDut</CODE>.
|
||||
-- In practice, it is enough to give three forms,
|
||||
-- e.g. <I>drink - drank - drunk</I>, with a variant indicating consonant
|
||||
-- duplication in the present participle.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
irregV : (drink, drank, drunk : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
irregDuplV : (get, got, gotten : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--3 Verbs with a particle.
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The particle, such as in <I>switch on</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
partV : V -> Str -> V ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--3 Two-place verbs
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
-- (transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--3 Three-place verbs
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
-- the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Str -> Str -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Str -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--3 Other complement patterns
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
-- questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Str -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Str -> Str -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Str -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Str -> V2Q ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Str -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Str -> A2V ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
-- Notice: categories <CODE>V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q</CODE> are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
-- just as synonyms of <CODE>V2</CODE>, and the second argument is given
|
||||
-- as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
-- <CODE>V0</CODE> is just <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
--2 Definitions of paradigms
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
-- hidden from the document.
|
||||
--.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Gender = MorphoDut.Gender ;
|
||||
Number = MorphoDut.Number ;
|
||||
Case = MorphoDut.Case ;
|
||||
human = Masc ;
|
||||
nonhuman = Neutr ;
|
||||
masculine = Masc ;
|
||||
feminine = Fem ;
|
||||
singular = Sg ;
|
||||
plural = Pl ;
|
||||
nominative = Nom ;
|
||||
genitive = Gen ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Preposition = Str ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regN = \ray ->
|
||||
let
|
||||
ra = Predef.tk 1 ray ;
|
||||
y = Predef.dp 1 ray ;
|
||||
r = Predef.tk 2 ray ;
|
||||
ay = Predef.dp 2 ray ;
|
||||
rays =
|
||||
case y of {
|
||||
<I>y</I> => y2ie ray <I>s</I> ;
|
||||
<I>s</I> => ray + <I>es</I> ;
|
||||
<I>z</I> => ray + <I>es</I> ;
|
||||
<I>x</I> => ray + <I>es</I> ;
|
||||
_ => case ay of {
|
||||
<I>sh</I> => ray + <I>es</I> ;
|
||||
<I>ch</I> => ray + <I>es</I> ;
|
||||
_ => ray + <I>s</I>
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
in
|
||||
mk2N ray rays ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mk2N = \man,men ->
|
||||
let mens = case last men of {
|
||||
<I>s</I> => men + <I>'</I> ;
|
||||
_ => men + <I>'s</I>
|
||||
}
|
||||
in
|
||||
mkN man men (man + <I>'s</I>) mens ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkN = \man,men,man's,men's ->
|
||||
mkNoun man men man's men's **** {g = Neutr ; lock_N = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
genderN g man = {s = man.s ; g = g ; lock_N = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkN2 = \n,p -> n **** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p} ;
|
||||
regN2 n = mkN2 (regN n) (mkPreposition <I>of</I>) ;
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n **** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p ; c3 = q} ;
|
||||
cnN2 = \n,p -> n **** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p} ;
|
||||
cnN3 = \n,p,q -> n **** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p ; c3 = q} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regPN n g = nameReg n g **** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
nounPN n = {s = n.s ! singular ; g = n.g ; lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
mkNP x y n g = {s = table {Gen => x ; _ => y} ; a = (agrP3 n).a ;
|
||||
lock_NP = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkA a b = mkAdjective a a a b **** {lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
regA a = regAdjective a **** {lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkA2 a p = a **** {c2 = p ; lock_A2 = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
ADeg = A ; ----
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkADeg a b c d = mkAdjective a b c d **** {lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regADeg happy =
|
||||
let
|
||||
happ = init happy ;
|
||||
y = last happy ;
|
||||
happie = case y of {
|
||||
<I>y</I> => happ + <I>ie</I> ;
|
||||
<I>e</I> => happy ;
|
||||
_ => happy + <I>e</I>
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
happily = case y of {
|
||||
<I>y</I> => happ + <I>ily</I> ;
|
||||
_ => happy + <I>ly</I>
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
in mkADeg happy (happie + <I>r</I>) (happie + <I>st</I>) happily ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
duplADeg fat =
|
||||
mkADeg fat
|
||||
(fat + last fat + <I>er</I>) (fat + last fat + <I>est</I>) (fat + <I>ly</I>) ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
compoundADeg a =
|
||||
let ad = (a.s ! AAdj Posit)
|
||||
in mkADeg ad (<I>more</I> ++ ad) (<I>most</I> ++ ad) (a.s ! AAdv) ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
adegA a = a ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkAdv x = ss x **** {lock_Adv = <>} ;
|
||||
mkAdV x = ss x **** {lock_AdV = <>} ;
|
||||
mkAdA x = ss x **** {lock_AdA = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkPreposition p = p ;
|
||||
mkPrep p = ss p **** {lock_Prep = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkV a b c d e = mkVerbWorst a b c d e **** {s1 = [] ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regV cry =
|
||||
let
|
||||
cr = init cry ;
|
||||
y = last cry ;
|
||||
cries = (regN cry).s ! Pl ! Nom ; -- !
|
||||
crie = init cries ;
|
||||
cried = case last crie of {
|
||||
<I>e</I> => crie + <I>d</I> ;
|
||||
_ => crie + <I>ed</I>
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
crying = case y of {
|
||||
<I>e</I> => case last cr of {
|
||||
<I>e</I> => cry + <I>ing</I> ;
|
||||
_ => cr + <I>ing</I>
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
_ => cry + <I>ing</I>
|
||||
}
|
||||
in mkV cry cries cried cried crying ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
regDuplV fit =
|
||||
let fitt = fit + last fit in
|
||||
mkV fit (fit + <I>s</I>) (fitt + <I>ed</I>) (fitt + <I>ed</I>) (fitt + <I>ing</I>) ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
irregV x y z = let reg = (regV x).s in
|
||||
mkV x (reg ! VPres) y z (reg ! VPresPart) **** {s1 = [] ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
irregDuplV fit y z =
|
||||
let
|
||||
fitting = (regDuplV fit).s ! VPresPart
|
||||
in
|
||||
mkV fit (fit + <I>s</I>) y z fitting ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
partV v p = verbPart v p **** {lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkV2 v p = v **** {s = v.s ; s1 = v.s1 ; c2 = p ; lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV2 v = mkV2 v [] ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkV3 v p q = v **** {s = v.s ; s1 = v.s1 ; c2 = p ; c3 = q ; lock_V3 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV3 v p = mkV3 v [] p ;
|
||||
dirdirV3 v = dirV3 v [] ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkVS v = v **** {lock_VS = <>} ;
|
||||
mkVV v = v **** {c2 = <I>to</I> ; lock_VV = <>} ;
|
||||
mkVQ v = v **** {lock_VQ = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
V0 : Type = V ;
|
||||
V2S, V2V, V2Q, V2A : Type = V2 ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV : Type = A ;
|
||||
A2V : Type = A2 ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkV0 v = v **** {lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
mkV2S v p = mkV2 v p **** {lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
mkV2V v p t = mkV2 v p **** {s4 = t ; lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
mkVA v = v **** {lock_VA = <>} ;
|
||||
mkV2A v p = mkV2 v p **** {lock_V2A = <>} ;
|
||||
mkV2Q v p = mkV2 v p **** {lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
mkAS v = v **** {lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
mkA2S v p = mkA2 v p **** {lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
mkAV v = v **** {lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
mkA2V v p = mkA2 v p **** {lock_A2 = <>} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.0 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc dutch/ParadigmsDut.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,448 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> English Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> English Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 20:54:15 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Prepositions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs with a particle.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Reflexive verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003--2005
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an API for the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
expressions of open categories: nouns, adjectives, verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Closed categories (determiners, pronouns, conjunctions) are
|
||||
accessed through the resource syntax API, <CODE>Structural.gf</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main difference with <CODE>MorphoEng.gf</CODE> is that the types
|
||||
referred to are compiled resource grammar types. We have moreover
|
||||
had the design principle of always having existing forms, rather
|
||||
than stems, as string arguments of the paradigms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The structure of functions for each word class <CODE>C</CODE> is the following:
|
||||
first we give a handful of patterns that aim to cover all
|
||||
regular cases. Then we give a worst-case function <CODE>mkC</CODE>, which serves as an
|
||||
escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>.
|
||||
However, this function should only seldom be needed: we have a
|
||||
separate module <A HREF="../../english/IrregEng.gf"><CODE>IrregEng</CODE></A>,
|
||||
which covers irregular verbss.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource ParadigmsEng = open
|
||||
(Predef=Predef),
|
||||
Prelude,
|
||||
MorphoEng,
|
||||
CatEng
|
||||
in {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
Gender : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
human : Gender ;
|
||||
nonhuman : Gender ;
|
||||
masculine : Gender ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Number : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
singular : Number ;
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over case names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Case : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
nominative : Case ;
|
||||
genitive : Case ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Prepositions are used in many-argument functions for rection.
|
||||
The resource category <CODE>Prep</CODE> is used.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give all four forms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN : (man,men,man's,men's : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular function captures the variants for nouns ending with
|
||||
<I>s</I>,<I>sh</I>,<I>x</I>,<I>z</I> or <I>y</I>: <I>kiss - kisses</I>, <I>flash - flashes</I>;
|
||||
<I>fly - flies</I> (but <I>toy - toys</I>),
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN : Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In practice the worst case is just: give singular and plural nominative.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk2N : (man,men : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
All nouns created by the previous functions are marked as
|
||||
<CODE>nonhuman</CODE>. If you want a <CODE>human</CODE> noun, wrap it with the following
|
||||
function:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
genderN : Gender -> N -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A compound noun ia an uninflected string attached to an inflected noun,
|
||||
such as <I>baby boom</I>, <I>chief executive officer</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compoundN : Str -> N -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>daughter of x</I>) need a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The most common preposition is <I>of</I>, and the following is a
|
||||
shortcut for regular relational nouns with <I>of</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN2 : Str -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Use the function <CODE>mkPrep</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
form other prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>the connection from x to y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
relational noun (e.g. <I>the old town hall of</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
cnN2 : CN -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
cnN3 : CN -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ;
|
||||
regGenPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sometimes you can reuse a common noun as a proper name, e.g. <I>Bank</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nounPN : N -> PN ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To form a noun phrase that can also be plural and have an irregular
|
||||
genitive, you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Str -> Number -> Gender -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need two forms: one for
|
||||
the adjectival and one for the adverbial form (<I>free - freely</I>)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA : (free,freely : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
For regular adjectives, the adverbial form is derived. This holds
|
||||
even for cases with the variation <I>happy - happily</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regA : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adjectives may two more forms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
ADeg : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkADeg : (good,better,best,well : Str) -> ADeg ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular pattern recognizes two common variations:
|
||||
<I>-e</I> (<I>rude</I> - <I>ruder</I> - <I>rudest</I>) and
|
||||
<I>-y</I> (<I>happy - happier - happiest - happily</I>)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regADeg : Str -> ADeg ; -- long, longer, longest
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
However, the duplication of the final consonant is nor predicted,
|
||||
but a separate pattern is used:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
duplADeg : Str -> ADeg ; -- fat, fatter, fattest
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If comparison is formed by <I>more</I>, <I>most</I>, as in general for
|
||||
long adjective, the following pattern is used:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compoundADeg : A -> ADeg ; -- -/more/most ridiculous
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
From a given <CODE>ADeg</CODE>, it is possible to get back to <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
adegA : ADeg -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
after the verb. Some can be preverbal (e.g. <I>always</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ;
|
||||
mkAdV : Str -> AdV ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Prepositions</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A preposition as used for rection in the lexicon, as well as to
|
||||
build <CODE>PP</CODE>s in the resource API, just requires a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
(These two functions are synonyms.)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Except for <I>be</I>, the worst case needs five forms: the infinitive and
|
||||
the third person singular present, the past indicative, and the
|
||||
past and present participles.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV : (go, goes, went, gone, going : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular verb function recognizes the special cases where the last
|
||||
character is <I>y</I> (<I>cry - cries</I> but <I>buy - buys</I>) or <I>s</I>, <I>sh</I>, <I>x</I>, <I>z</I>
|
||||
(<I>fix - fixes</I>, etc).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regV : Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The following variant duplicates the last letter in the forms like
|
||||
<I>rip - ripped - ripping</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regDuplV : Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
There is an extensive list of irregular verbs in the module <CODE>IrregularEng</CODE>.
|
||||
In practice, it is enough to give three forms,
|
||||
e.g. <I>drink - drank - drunk</I>, with a variant indicating consonant
|
||||
duplication in the present participle.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
irregV : (drink, drank, drunk : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
irregDuplV : (get, got, gotten : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with a particle.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The particle, such as in <I>switch on</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
partV : V -> Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Reflexive verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
By default, verbs are not reflexive; this function makes them that.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Notice: categories <CODE>V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q</CODE> are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
just as synonyms of <CODE>V2</CODE>, and the second argument is given
|
||||
as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
<CODE>V0</CODE> is just <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc english/ParadigmsEng.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,502 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Finnish Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Finnish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 20:46:07 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003--2005
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an API to the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
expressions of open categories: nouns, adjectives, verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Closed categories (determiners, pronouns, conjunctions) are
|
||||
accessed through the resource syntax API, <CODE>Structural.gf</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main difference with <CODE>MorphoFin.gf</CODE> is that the types
|
||||
referred to are compiled resource grammar types. We have moreover
|
||||
had the design principle of always having existing forms, rather
|
||||
than stems, as string arguments of the paradigms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The structure of functions for each word class <CODE>C</CODE> is the following:
|
||||
first we give a handful of patterns that aim to cover all
|
||||
regular cases. Then we give a worst-case function <CODE>mkC</CODE>, which serves as an
|
||||
escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>.
|
||||
However, this function should only seldom be needed.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource ParadigmsFin = open
|
||||
(Predef=Predef),
|
||||
Prelude,
|
||||
MorphoFin,
|
||||
CatFin
|
||||
in {
|
||||
|
||||
flags optimize=noexpand ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender, number, and (some) case names,
|
||||
we define the following identifiers. The application programmer
|
||||
should always use these constants instead of the constructors
|
||||
defined in <CODE>ResFin</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
Number : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
singular : Number ;
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
|
||||
Case : Type ;
|
||||
nominative : Case ;
|
||||
genitive : Case ;
|
||||
partitive : Case ;
|
||||
translative : Case ;
|
||||
inessive : Case ;
|
||||
elative : Case ;
|
||||
illative : Case ;
|
||||
adessive : Case ;
|
||||
ablative : Case ;
|
||||
allative : Case ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The following type is used for defining <B>rection</B>, i.e. complements
|
||||
of many-place verbs and adjective. A complement can be defined by
|
||||
just a case, or a pre/postposition and a case.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
prePrep : Case -> Str -> Prep ; -- ilman, partitive
|
||||
postPrep : Case -> Str -> Prep ; -- takana, genitive
|
||||
postGenPrep : Str -> Prep ; -- takana
|
||||
casePrep : Case -> Prep ; -- adessive
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The worst case gives ten forms.
|
||||
In practice just a couple of forms are needed to define the different
|
||||
stems, vowel alternation, and vowel harmony.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
mkN : (talo, talon, talona, taloa, taloon,
|
||||
taloina,taloissa,talojen,taloja,taloihin : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular noun heuristic takes just one form (singular
|
||||
nominative) and analyses it to pick the correct paradigm.
|
||||
It does automatic grade alternation, and is hence not usable
|
||||
for words like <I>auto</I> (whose genitive would become <I>audon</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN : (talo : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If <CODE>regN</CODE> does not give the correct result, one can try and give
|
||||
two or three forms as follows. Examples of the use of these
|
||||
functions are given in <CODE>BasicFin</CODE>. Most notably, <CODE>reg2N</CODE> is used
|
||||
for nouns like <I>kivi - kiviä</I>, which would otherwise become like
|
||||
<I>rivi - rivejä</I>. <CODE>regN3</CODE> is used e.g. for
|
||||
<I>sydän - sydämen - sydämiä</I>, which would otherwise become
|
||||
<I>sydän - sytämen</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
reg2N : (savi,savia : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
reg3N : (vesi,veden,vesiä : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some nouns have an unexpected singular partitive, e.g. <I>meri</I>, <I>lumi</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
sgpartN : (meri : N) -> (merta : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
nMeri : (meri : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The rest of the noun paradigms are mostly covered by the three
|
||||
heuristics.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Nouns with partitive <I>a</I>,<I>ä</I> are a large group.
|
||||
To determine for grade and vowel alternation, three forms are usually needed:
|
||||
singular nominative and genitive, and plural partitive.
|
||||
Examples: <I>talo</I>, <I>kukko</I>, <I>huippu</I>, <I>koira</I>, <I>kukka</I>, <I>syylä</I>, <I>särki</I>...
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nKukko : (kukko,kukon,kukkoja : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A special case are nouns with no alternations:
|
||||
the vowel harmony is inferred from the last letter,
|
||||
which must be one of <I>o</I>, <I>u</I>, <I>ö</I>, <I>y</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nTalo : (talo : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Another special case are nouns where the last two consonants
|
||||
undergo regular weak-grade alternation:
|
||||
<I>kukko - kukon</I>, <I>rutto - ruton</I>, <I>hyppy - hypyn</I>, <I>sampo - sammon</I>,
|
||||
<I>kunto - kunnon</I>, <I>sisältö - sisällön</I>, .
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nLukko : (lukko : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<I>arpi - arven</I>, <I>sappi - sapen</I>, <I>kampi - kammen</I>;<I>sylki - syljen</I>
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nArpi : (arpi : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
nSylki : (sylki : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Foreign words ending in consonants are actually similar to words like
|
||||
<I>malli</I>-<I>mallin</I>-<I>malleja</I>, with the exception that the <I>i</I> is not attached
|
||||
to the singular nominative. Examples: <I>linux</I>, <I>savett</I>, <I>screen</I>.
|
||||
The singular partitive form is used to get the vowel harmony.
|
||||
(N.B. more than 1-syllabic words ending in <I>n</I> would have variant
|
||||
plural genitive and partitive forms, like
|
||||
<I>sultanien</I>, <I>sultaneiden</I>, which are not covered.)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nLinux : (linuxia : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Nouns of at least 3 syllables ending with <I>a</I> or <I>ä</I>, like <I>peruna</I>, <I>tavara</I>,
|
||||
<I>rytinä</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nPeruna : (peruna : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The following paradigm covers both nouns ending in an aspirated <I>e</I>, such as
|
||||
<I>rae</I>, <I>perhe</I>, <I>savuke</I>, and also many ones ending in a consonant
|
||||
(<I>rengas</I>, <I>kätkyt</I>). The singular nominative and essive are given.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nRae : (rae, rakeena : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The following covers nouns with partitive <I>ta</I>,<I>tä</I>, such as
|
||||
<I>susi</I>, <I>vesi</I>, <I>pieni</I>. To get all stems and the vowel harmony, it takes
|
||||
the singular nominative, genitive, and essive.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nSusi : (susi,suden,sutta : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Nouns ending with a long vowel, such as <I>puu</I>, <I>pää</I>, <I>pii</I>, <I>leikkuu</I>,
|
||||
are inflected according to the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nPuu : (puu : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
One-syllable diphthong nouns, such as <I>suo</I>, <I>tie</I>, <I>työ</I>, are inflected by
|
||||
the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nSuo : (suo : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Many adjectives but also nouns have the nominative ending <I>nen</I> which in other
|
||||
cases becomes <I>s</I>: <I>nainen</I>, <I>ihminen</I>, <I>keltainen</I>.
|
||||
To capture the vowel harmony, we use the partitive form as the argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nNainen : (naista : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The following covers some nouns ending with a consonant, e.g.
|
||||
<I>tilaus</I>, <I>kaulin</I>, <I>paimen</I>, <I>laidun</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nTilaus : (tilaus,tilauksena : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Special case:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nKulaus : (kulaus : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The following covers nouns like <I>nauris</I> and adjectives like <I>kallis</I>, <I>tyyris</I>.
|
||||
The partitive form is taken to get the vowel harmony.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nNauris : (naurista : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Separately-written compound nouns, like <I>sambal oelek</I>, <I>Urho Kekkonen</I>,
|
||||
have only their last part inflected.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compN : Str -> N -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Nouns used as functions need a case, of which by far the commonest is
|
||||
the genitive.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
genN2 : N -> N2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names can be formed by using declensions for nouns.
|
||||
The plural forms are filtered away by the compiler.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ;
|
||||
mkPN : N -> PN ;
|
||||
mkNP : N -> Number -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives are just like nouns.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA : N -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a case for the second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adjectives have three forms. The comparative and the superlative
|
||||
are always inflected in the same way, so the nominative of them is actually
|
||||
enough (except for the superlative <I>paras</I> of <I>hyvä</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkADeg : (kiva : N) -> (kivempaa,kivinta : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular adjectives are based on <CODE>regN</CODE> in the positive.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regA : (punainen : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The grammar does not cover the potential mood and some nominal
|
||||
forms. One way to see the coverage is to linearize a verb to
|
||||
a table.
|
||||
The worst case needs twelve forms, as shown in the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV : (tulla,tulee,tulen,tulevat,tulkaa,tullaan,
|
||||
tuli,tulin,tulisi,tullut,tultu,tullun : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The following heuristics cover more and more verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regV : (soutaa : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
reg2V : (soutaa,souti : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
reg3V : (soutaa,soudan,souti : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The subject case of verbs is by default nominative. This dunction can change it.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
subjcaseV : V -> Case -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The rest of the paradigms are special cases mostly covered by the heuristics.
|
||||
A simple special case is the one with just one stem and without grade alternation.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
vValua : (valua : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
With two forms, the following function covers a variety of verbs, such as
|
||||
<I>ottaa</I>, <I>käyttää</I>, <I>löytää</I>, <I>huoltaa</I>, <I>hiihtää</I>, <I>siirtää</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
vKattaa : (kattaa, katan : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
When grade alternation is not present, just a one-form special case is needed
|
||||
(<I>poistaa</I>, <I>ryystää</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
vOstaa : (ostaa : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The following covers
|
||||
<I>juosta</I>, <I>piestä</I>, <I>nousta</I>, <I>rangaista</I>, <I>kävellä</I>, <I>surra</I>, <I>panna</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
vNousta : (nousta, nousen : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is for one-syllable diphthong verbs like <I>juoda</I>, <I>syödä</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
vTuoda : (tuoda : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
All the patterns above have <CODE>nominative</CODE> as subject case.
|
||||
If another case is wanted, use the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
caseV : Case -> V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The verbs <I>be</I> is special.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
vOlla : V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a case, and can have a pre- or postposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If the complement needs just a case, the following special function can be used.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
caseV2 : V -> Case -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs with a direct (accusative) object
|
||||
are special, since their complement case is finally decided in syntax.
|
||||
But this is taken care of in <CODE>VerbFin</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- puhua, allative, elative
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Case -> V3 ; -- siirtää, (accusative), illative
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- antaa, (accusative), (allative)
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> Prep -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Notice: categories <CODE>V2S, V2V, V2Q</CODE> are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
just as synonyms of <CODE>V2</CODE>, and the second argument is given
|
||||
as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
<CODE>V0</CODE> is just <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc finnish/ParadigmsFin.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,414 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> French Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> French Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 21:02:44 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Comparison adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2001 - 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an API for the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
expressions of open categories: nouns, adjectives, verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Closed categories (determiners, pronouns, conjunctions) are
|
||||
accessed through the resource syntax API, <CODE>Structural.gf</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main difference with <CODE>MorphoFre.gf</CODE> is that the types
|
||||
referred to are compiled resource grammar types. We have moreover
|
||||
had the design principle of always having existing forms, rather
|
||||
than stems, as string arguments of the paradigms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The structure of functions for each word class <CODE>C</CODE> is the following:
|
||||
first we give a handful of patterns that aim to cover all
|
||||
regular cases. Then we give a worst-case function <CODE>mkC</CODE>, which serves as an
|
||||
escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>.
|
||||
However, this function should only seldom be needed: we have a
|
||||
separate module <A HREF="../../french/IrregFre.gf"><CODE>IrregFre</CODE></A>,
|
||||
which covers all irregularly inflected verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource ParadigmsFre =
|
||||
open
|
||||
(Predef=Predef),
|
||||
Prelude,
|
||||
CommonRomance,
|
||||
ResFre,
|
||||
MorphoFre,
|
||||
CatFre in {
|
||||
|
||||
flags optimize=all ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
Gender : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
masculine : Gender ;
|
||||
feminine : Gender ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Number : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
singular : Number ;
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Prepositions used in many-argument functions are either strings
|
||||
(including the 'accusative' empty string) or strings that
|
||||
amalgamate with the following word (the 'genitive' <I>de</I> and the
|
||||
'dative' <I>à</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
accusative : Prep ;
|
||||
genitive : Prep ;
|
||||
dative : Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give both two forms and the gender.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN : (oeil,yeux : Str) -> Gender -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular function takes the singular form,
|
||||
and computes the plural and the gender by a heuristic. The plural
|
||||
heuristic currently
|
||||
covers the cases <I>pas-pas</I>, <I>prix-prix</I>, <I>nez-nez</I>,
|
||||
<I>bijou-bijoux</I>, <I>cheveu-cheveux</I>, <I>plateau-plateaux</I>, <I>cheval-chevaux</I>.
|
||||
The gender heuristic is less reliable: it treats as feminine all
|
||||
nouns ending with <I>e</I> and <I>ion</I>, all others as masculine.
|
||||
If in doubt, use the <CODE>cc</CODE> command to test!
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN : Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adding gender information widens the scope of the foregoing function.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regGenN : Str -> Gender -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some nouns are ones where the first part is inflected as a noun but
|
||||
the second part is not inflected. e.g. <I>numéro de téléphone</I>.
|
||||
They could be formed in syntax, but we give a shortcut here since
|
||||
they are frequent in lexica.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compN : N -> Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>fille de x</I>) need a case and a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The most common cases are the genitive <I>de</I> and the dative <I>à</I>,
|
||||
with the empty preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
deN2 : N -> N2 ;
|
||||
aN2 : N -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>la connection de x à y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
relational noun (e.g. <I>la vieille église de</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names need a string and a gender.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Jean
|
||||
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- feminine if "-e", masculine otherwise
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To form a noun phrase that can also be plural,
|
||||
you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Gender -> Number -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need four forms in the worst
|
||||
case (masc and fem singular, masc plural, adverbial).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA : (banal,banale,banaux,banalement : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
For regular adjectives, all other forms are derived from the
|
||||
masculine singular. The heuristic takes into account certain
|
||||
deviant endings: <I>banal- -banaux</I>, <I>chinois- -chinois</I>,
|
||||
<I>heureux-heureuse-heureux</I>, <I>italien-italienne</I>, <I>jeune-jeune</I>,
|
||||
<I>amer-amère</I>, <I>carré- - -carrément</I>, <I>joli- - -joliment</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regA : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These functions create postfix adjectives. To switch
|
||||
them to prefix ones (i.e. ones placed before the noun in
|
||||
modification, as in <I>petite maison</I>), the following function is
|
||||
provided.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
prefA : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Comparison adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adjectives are in the worst case put up from two
|
||||
adjectives: the positive (<I>bon</I>), and the comparative (<I>meilleure</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkADeg : A -> A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If comparison is formed by <I>plus</I>, as usual in French,
|
||||
the following pattern is used:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compADeg : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
For prefixed adjectives, the following function is
|
||||
provided.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
prefA : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
after the verb.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some appear next to the verb (e.g. <I>toujours</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdV : Str -> AdV ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Irregular verbs are given in the module <CODE>VerbsFre</CODE>.
|
||||
If a verb should be missing in that list, the module
|
||||
<CODE>BeschFre</CODE> gives all the patterns of the <I>Bescherelle</I> book.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Regular verbs are ones with the infinitive <I>er</I> or <I>ir</I>, the
|
||||
latter with plural present indicative forms as <I>finissons</I>.
|
||||
The regular verb function is the first conjugation recognizes
|
||||
these endings, as well as the variations among
|
||||
<I>aimer, céder, placer, peser, jeter, placer, manger, assiéger, payer</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regV : Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sometimes, however, it is not predictable which variant of the <I>er</I>
|
||||
conjugation is to be selected. Then it is better to use the function
|
||||
that gives the third person singular present indicative and future
|
||||
((<I>il</I>) <I>jette</I>, <I>jettera</I>) as second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
reg3V : (jeter,jette,jettera : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The function <CODE>regV</CODE> gives all verbs the compound auxiliary <I>avoir</I>.
|
||||
To change it to <I>être</I>, use the following function. Reflexive implies <I>être</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
etreV : V -> V ;
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
You can reuse a <CODE>V2</CODE> verb in <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
v2V : V2 -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- parler, à, de
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- donner,_,à
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- donner,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ; -- plain infinitive: "je veux parler"
|
||||
deVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'essaie de parler"
|
||||
aVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'arrive à parler"
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Prep -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Notice: categories <CODE>V2S, V2V, V2Q</CODE> are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
just as synonyms of <CODE>V2</CODE>, and the second argument is given
|
||||
as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
<CODE>V0</CODE> is just <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc french/ParadigmsFre.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> German Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> German Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 20:58:18 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Prepositions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta & Harald Hammarström 2003--2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an API for the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
expressions of open categories: nouns, adjectives, verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Closed categories (determiners, pronouns, conjunctions) are
|
||||
accessed through the resource syntax API, <CODE>Structural.gf</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main difference with <CODE>MorphoGer.gf</CODE> is that the types
|
||||
referred to are compiled resource grammar types. We have moreover
|
||||
had the design principle of always having existing forms, rather
|
||||
than stems, as string arguments of the paradigms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The structure of functions for each word class <CODE>C</CODE> is the following:
|
||||
first we give a handful of patterns that aim to cover all
|
||||
regular cases. Then we give a worst-case function <CODE>mkC</CODE>, which serves as an
|
||||
escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>.
|
||||
However, this function should only seldom be needed: we have a
|
||||
separate module <A HREF="../../german/IrregGer.gf"><CODE>IrregGer</CODE></A>
|
||||
which covers irregularly inflected verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource ParadigmsGer = open
|
||||
(Predef=Predef),
|
||||
Prelude,
|
||||
MorphoGer,
|
||||
CatGer
|
||||
in {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
Gender : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
masculine : Gender ;
|
||||
feminine : Gender ;
|
||||
neuter : Gender ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over case names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Case : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
nominative : Case ;
|
||||
accusative : Case ;
|
||||
dative : Case ;
|
||||
genitive : Case ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Number : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
singular : Number ;
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give all four singular forms, two plural forms (others + dative),
|
||||
and the gender.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN : (x1,_,_,_,_,x6 : Str) -> Gender -> N ;
|
||||
-- mann, mann, manne, mannes, männer, männern
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular heuristics recognizes some suffixes, from which it
|
||||
guesses the gender and the declension: <I>e, ung, ion</I> give the
|
||||
feminine with plural ending <I>-n, -en</I>, and the rest are masculines
|
||||
with the plural <I>-e</I> (without Umlaut).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN : Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The 'almost regular' case is much like the information given in an ordinary
|
||||
dictionary. It takes the singular and plural nominative and the
|
||||
gender, and infers the other forms from these.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
reg2N : (x1,x2 : Str) -> Gender -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns need a preposition. The most common is <I>von</I> with
|
||||
the dative. Some prepositions are constructed in <A HREF="StructuralGer.html">StructuralGer</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
vonN2 : N -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Use the function <CODE>mkPrep</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
form other prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>die Verbindung von x nach y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
The regular genitive is <I>s</I>, omitted after <I>s</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPN : (karolus, karoli : Str) -> PN ; -- karolus, karoli
|
||||
regPN : (Johann : Str) -> PN ;
|
||||
-- Johann, Johanns ; Johannes, Johannes
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adjectives need three forms, one for each degree.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA : (x1,_,x3 : Str) -> A ; -- gut,besser,beste
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular adjective formation works for most cases, and includes
|
||||
variations such as <I>teuer - teurer</I>, <I>böse - böser</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regA : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Invariable adjective are a special case.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
invarA : Str -> A ; -- prima
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives are formed by adding a preposition to an adjective.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are just strings.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Prepositions</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A preposition is formed from a string and a case.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Case -> Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Often just a case with the empty string is enough.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
accPrep : Prep ;
|
||||
datPrep : Prep ;
|
||||
genPrep : Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A couple of common prepositions (always with the dative).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
von_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
zu_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The worst-case constructor needs six forms:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI>Infinitive,
|
||||
<LI>3p sg pres. indicative,
|
||||
<LI>2p sg imperative,
|
||||
<LI>1/3p sg imperfect indicative,
|
||||
<LI>1/3p sg imperfect subjunctive (because this uncommon form can have umlaut)
|
||||
<LI>the perfect participle
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV : (x1,_,_,_,_,x6 : Str) -> V ; -- geben, gibt, gib, gab, gäbe, gegeben
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Weak verbs are sometimes called regular verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regV : Str -> V ; -- führen
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Irregular verbs use Ablaut and, in the worst cases, also Umlaut.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
irregV : (x1,_,_,_,x5 : Str) -> V ; -- sehen, sieht, sah, sähe, gesehen
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To remove the past participle prefix <I>ge</I>, e.g. for the verbs
|
||||
prefixed by <I>be-, ver-</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
no_geV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To add a movable suffix e.g. <I>auf(fassen)</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
prefixV : Str -> V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To change the auxiliary from <I>haben</I> (default) to <I>sein</I> and
|
||||
vice-versa.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
seinV : V -> V ;
|
||||
habenV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Reflexive verbs can take reflexive pronouns of different cases.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
reflV : V -> Case -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object
|
||||
(accusative, transitive verbs). There is also a case for dative objects.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
datV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- sprechen, mit, über
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- senden,(accusative),nach
|
||||
accdatV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,accusative,dative
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Notice: categories <CODE>V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q</CODE> are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
just as synonyms of <CODE>V2</CODE>, and the second argument is given
|
||||
as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
<CODE>V0</CODE> is just <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc german/ParadigmsGer.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,414 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Italian Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Italian Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 21:07:00 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Comparison adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an API for the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
expressions of open categories: nouns, adjectives, verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Closed categories (determiners, pronouns, conjunctions) are
|
||||
accessed through the resource syntax API, <CODE>Structural.gf</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main difference with <CODE>MorphoIta.gf</CODE> is that the types
|
||||
referred to are compiled resource grammar types. We have moreover
|
||||
had the design principle of always having existing forms, rather
|
||||
than stems, as string arguments of the paradigms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The structure of functions for each word class <CODE>C</CODE> is the following:
|
||||
first we give a handful of patterns that aim to cover all
|
||||
regular cases. Then we give a worst-case function <CODE>mkC</CODE>, which serves as an
|
||||
escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>.
|
||||
However, this function should only seldom be needed. For verbs, we have a
|
||||
separate module <A HREF="../../italian/BeschIta.gf"><CODE>BeschIta</CODE></A>,
|
||||
which covers the <I>Bescherelle</I> verb conjugations.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource ParadigmsIta =
|
||||
open
|
||||
(Predef=Predef),
|
||||
Prelude,
|
||||
CommonRomance,
|
||||
ResIta,
|
||||
MorphoIta,
|
||||
BeschIta,
|
||||
CatIta in {
|
||||
|
||||
flags optimize=all ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
Gender : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
masculine : Gender ;
|
||||
feminine : Gender ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Number : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
singular : Number ;
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Prepositions used in many-argument functions are either strings
|
||||
(including the 'accusative' empty string) or strings that
|
||||
amalgamate with the following word (the 'genitive' <I>di</I> and the
|
||||
'dative' <I>a</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Prep : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
accusative : Prep ;
|
||||
genitive : Prep ;
|
||||
dative : Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give both two forms and the gender.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN : (uomo,uomini : Str) -> Gender -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular function takes the singular form and the gender,
|
||||
and computes the plural and the gender by a heuristic.
|
||||
The heuristic says that the gender is feminine for nouns
|
||||
ending with <I>a</I>, and masculine for all other words.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN : Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To force a different gender, use one of the following functions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mascN : N -> N ;
|
||||
femN : N -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some nouns are ones where the first part is inflected as a noun but
|
||||
the second part is not inflected. e.g. <I>numero di telefono</I>.
|
||||
They could be formed in syntax, but we give a shortcut here since
|
||||
they are frequent in lexica.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compN : N -> Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>figlio di x</I>) need a case and a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The most common cases are the genitive <I>di</I> and the dative <I>a</I>,
|
||||
with the empty preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
diN2 : N -> N2 ;
|
||||
aN2 : N -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>la connessione di x a y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
relational noun (e.g. <I>la vecchia chiesa di</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names need a string and a gender.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ;
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- feminine if "-a", otherwise masculine
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To form a noun phrase that can also be plural,
|
||||
you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Gender -> Number -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need five forms in the worst
|
||||
case (masc and fem singular, masc plural, adverbial).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA : (solo,sola,soli,sole, solamente : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
For regular adjectives, all other forms are derived from the
|
||||
masculine singular.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regA : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These functions create postfix adjectives. To switch
|
||||
them to prefix ones (i.e. ones placed before the noun in
|
||||
modification, as in <I>vecchia chiesa</I>), the following function is
|
||||
provided.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
prefA : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Comparison adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adjectives are in the worst case put up from two
|
||||
adjectives: the positive (<I>buono</I>), and the comparative (<I>migliore</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkADeg : A -> A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If comparison is formed by <I>più</I>, as usual in Italian,
|
||||
the following pattern is used:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compADeg : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular pattern is the same as <CODE>regA</CODE> for plain adjectives,
|
||||
with comparison by <I>più</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regADeg : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
after the verb.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some appear next to the verb (e.g. <I>sempre</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdV : Str -> AdV ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Regular verbs are ones with the infinitive <I>are</I> or <I>ire</I>, the
|
||||
latter with singular present indicative forms as <I>finisco</I>.
|
||||
The regular verb function is the first conjugation recognizes
|
||||
these endings, as well as the variations among
|
||||
<I>amare, cominciare, mangiare, legare, cercare</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regV : Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The module <CODE>BeschIta</CODE> gives (almost) all the patterns of the <I>Bescherelle</I>
|
||||
book. To use them in the category <CODE>V</CODE>, wrap them with the function
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
verboV : Verbo -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The function <CODE>regV</CODE> gives all verbs the compound auxiliary <I>avere</I>.
|
||||
To change it to <I>essere</I>, use the following function.
|
||||
Reflexive implies <I>essere</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
essereV : V -> V ;
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If <CODE>BeschIta</CODE> does not give the desired result or feels difficult
|
||||
to consult, here is a worst-case function for <I>-ire</I> and <I>-ere</I> verbs,
|
||||
taking 11 arguments.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV :
|
||||
(udire,odo,ode,udiamo,udiro,udii,udisti,udi,udirono,odi,udito : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
You can reuse a <CODE>V2</CODE> verb in <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
v2V : V2 -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- parlare, a, di
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- dare,_,a
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- dare,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ; -- plain infinitive: "voglio parlare"
|
||||
deVV : V -> VV ; -- "cerco di parlare"
|
||||
aVV : V -> VV ; -- "arrivo a parlare"
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Prep -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Notice: categories <CODE>V2S, V2V, V2Q</CODE> are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
just as synonyms of <CODE>V2</CODE>, and the second argument is given
|
||||
as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
<CODE>V0</CODE> is just <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc italian/ParadigmsIta.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,442 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Norwegian Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Norwegian Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 21:16:02 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs with 'være' as auxiliary</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs with a particle.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Deponent verbs.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an API for the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
expressions of open categories: nouns, adjectives, verbs.
|
||||
It covers the <I>bokmål</I> variant of Norwegian.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Closed categories (determiners, pronouns, conjunctions) are
|
||||
accessed through the resource syntax API, <CODE>Structural</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main difference with <CODE>MorphoNor.gf</CODE> is that the types
|
||||
referred to are compiled resource grammar types. We have moreover
|
||||
had the design principle of always having existing forms, rather
|
||||
than stems, as string arguments of the paradigms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The structure of functions for each word class <CODE>C</CODE> is the following:
|
||||
first we give a handful of patterns that aim to cover all
|
||||
regular cases. Then we give a worst-case function <CODE>mkC</CODE>, which serves as an
|
||||
escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>.
|
||||
However, this function should only seldom be needed: we have a
|
||||
separate module <A HREF="../../norwegian/IrregNor"><CODE>IrregNor</CODE></A>,
|
||||
which covers irregularly inflected verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource ParadigmsNor =
|
||||
open
|
||||
(Predef=Predef),
|
||||
Prelude,
|
||||
CommonScand,
|
||||
ResNor,
|
||||
MorphoNor,
|
||||
CatNor in {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
Gender : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
masculine : Gender ;
|
||||
feminine : Gender ;
|
||||
neutrum : Gender ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Number : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
singular : Number ;
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over case names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Case : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
nominative : Case ;
|
||||
genitive : Case ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Prepositions used in many-argument functions are just strings.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ; -- empty string
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give all four forms. The gender is computed from the
|
||||
last letter of the second form (if <I>n</I>, then <CODE>utrum</CODE>, otherwise <CODE>neutrum</CODE>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN : (dreng,drengen,drenger,drengene : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular function takes the singular indefinite form
|
||||
and computes the other forms and the gender by a heuristic.
|
||||
The heuristic is that nouns ending <I>e</I> are feminine like <I>kvinne</I>,
|
||||
all others are masculine like <I>bil</I>.
|
||||
If in doubt, use the <CODE>cc</CODE> command to test!
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN : Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Giving gender manually makes the heuristic more reliable.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regGenN : Str -> Gender -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This function takes the singular indefinite and definite forms; the
|
||||
gender is computed from the definite form.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk2N : (bil,bilen : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
All the functions above work quite as well to form compound nouns,
|
||||
such as <I>fotboll</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>datter til x</I>) need a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The most common preposition is <I>av</I>, and the following is a
|
||||
shortcut for regular, <CODE>nonhuman</CODE> relational nouns with <I>av</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN2 : Str -> Gender -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Use the function <CODE>mkPrep</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
form other prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>forbindelse fra x til y</I>)
|
||||
need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
relational noun (e.g. <I>den gamle kongen av</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- utrum
|
||||
regGenPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sometimes you can reuse a common noun as a proper name, e.g. <I>Bank</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nounPN : N -> PN ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To form a noun phrase that can also be plural and have an irregular
|
||||
genitive, you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Str -> Number -> Gender -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need three forms:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA : (galen,galet,galne : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
For regular adjectives, the other forms are derived.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regA : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In most cases, two forms are enough.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk2A : (stor,stort : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adjectives may need as many as five forms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkADeg : (stor,stort,store,storre,storst : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular pattern works for many adjectives, e.g. those ending
|
||||
with <I>ig</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regADeg : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Just the comparison forms can be irregular.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
irregADeg : (tung,tyngre,tyngst : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sometimes just the positive forms are irregular.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk3ADeg : (galen,galet,galne : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
mk2ADeg : (bred,bredt : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If comparison is formed by <I>mer</I>, <I>mest</I>, as in general for
|
||||
long adjective, the following pattern is used:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compoundA : A -> A ; -- -/mer/mest norsk
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
after the verb. Some follow the verb (e.g. <I>altid</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ; -- e.g. her
|
||||
mkAdV : Str -> AdV ; -- e.g. altid
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The worst case needs six forms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV : (spise,spiser,spises,spiste,spist,spis : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The 'regular verb' function is the first conjugation.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regV : (snakke : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The almost regular verb function needs the infinitive and the preteritum.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk2V : (leve,levde : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
There is an extensive list of irregular verbs in the module <CODE>IrregNor</CODE>.
|
||||
In practice, it is enough to give three forms, as in school books.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
irregV : (drikke, drakk, drukket : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with 'være' as auxiliary</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
By default, the auxiliary is <I>have</I>. This function changes it to <I>være</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
vaereV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with a particle.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The particle, such as in <I>lukke opp</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
partV : V -> Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Deponent verbs.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some words are used in passive forms only, e.g. <I>trives</I>, some as
|
||||
reflexive e.g. <I>forestille seg</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
depV : V -> V ;
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- snakke, med, om
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- gi,_,til
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- gi,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Notice: categories <CODE>V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q</CODE> are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
just as synonyms of <CODE>V2</CODE>, and the second argument is given
|
||||
as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
<CODE>V0</CODE> is just <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc norwegian/ParadigmsNor.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,380 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Russian Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Russian Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 17:53:54 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Verbs</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Janna Khegai 2003--2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an API for the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
expressions of open categories: nouns, adjectives, verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Closed categories (determiners, pronouns, conjunctions) are
|
||||
accessed through the resource syntax API, <CODE>Structural.gf</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main difference with <CODE>MorphoRus.gf</CODE> is that the types
|
||||
referred to are compiled resource grammar types. We have moreover
|
||||
had the design principle of always having existing forms, rather
|
||||
than stems, as string arguments of the paradigms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The structure of functions for each word class <CODE>C</CODE> is the following:
|
||||
first we give a handful of patterns that aim to cover all
|
||||
regular cases. Then we give a worst-case function <CODE>mkC</CODE>, which serves as an
|
||||
escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The following modules are presupposed:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource ParadigmsRus = open
|
||||
(Predef=Predef),
|
||||
Prelude,
|
||||
MorphoRus,
|
||||
CatRus,
|
||||
NounRus
|
||||
in {
|
||||
|
||||
flags coding=utf8 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
Gender : Type ;
|
||||
masculine : Gender ;
|
||||
feminine : Gender ;
|
||||
neuter : Gender ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over case names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Case : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
nominative : Case ;
|
||||
genitive : Case ;
|
||||
dative : Case ;
|
||||
accusative : Case ;
|
||||
instructive : Case ;
|
||||
prepositional : Case ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some (written in English) textbooks accusative case
|
||||
is put on the second place. However, we follow the case order
|
||||
standard for Russian textbooks.
|
||||
To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Number : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
singular : Number ;
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Best case: indeclinabe nouns: <I>кофе</I>, <I>пальто</I>, <I>ВУЗ</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Animacy: Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
animate: Animacy;
|
||||
inanimate: Animacy;
|
||||
|
||||
mkIndeclinableNoun: Str -> Gender -> Animacy -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case - give six singular forms:
|
||||
Nominative, Genetive, Dative, Accusative, Instructive and Prepositional;
|
||||
corresponding six plural forms and the gender.
|
||||
May be the number of forms needed can be reduced,
|
||||
but this requires a separate investigation.
|
||||
Animacy parameter (determining whether the Accusative form is equal
|
||||
to the Nominative or the Genetive one) is actually of no help,
|
||||
since there are a lot of exceptions and the gain is just one form less.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN : (nomSg, genSg, datSg, accSg, instSg, preposSg,
|
||||
nomPl, genPl, datPl, accPl, instPl, preposPl: Str) -> Gender -> Animacy -> N ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- мужчина, мужчины, мужчине, мужчину, мужчиной, мужчине
|
||||
-- мужчины, мужчин, мужчинам, мужчин, мужчинами, мужчинах
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular function captures the variants for some popular nouns
|
||||
endings below:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN : Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Here are some common patterns. The list is far from complete.
|
||||
Feminine patterns.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nMashina : Str -> N ; -- feminine, inanimate, ending with "-а", Inst -"машин-ой"
|
||||
nEdinica : Str -> N ; -- feminine, inanimate, ending with "-а", Inst -"единиц-ей"
|
||||
nZhenchina : Str -> N ; -- feminine, animate, ending with "-a"
|
||||
nNoga : Str -> N ; -- feminine, inanimate, ending with "г_к_х-a"
|
||||
nMalyariya : Str -> N ; -- feminine, inanimate, ending with "-ия"
|
||||
nTetya : Str -> N ; -- feminine, animate, ending with "-я"
|
||||
nBol : Str -> N ; -- feminine, inanimate, ending with "-ь"(soft sign)
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Neuter patterns.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nObezbolivauchee : Str -> N ; -- neutral, inanimate, ending with "-ee"
|
||||
nProizvedenie : Str -> N ; -- neutral, inanimate, ending with "-e"
|
||||
nChislo : Str -> N ; -- neutral, inanimate, ending with "-o"
|
||||
nZhivotnoe : Str -> N ; -- masculine, inanimate, ending with "-ень"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Masculine patterns.
|
||||
Ending with consonant:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nPepel : Str -> N ; -- masculine, inanimate, ending with "-ел"- "пеп-ла"
|
||||
|
||||
nBrat: Str -> N ; -- animate, брат-ья
|
||||
nStul: Str -> N ; -- same as above, but inanimate
|
||||
nMalush : Str -> N ; -- малышей
|
||||
nPotolok : Str -> N ; -- потол-ок - потол-ка
|
||||
|
||||
-- the next four differ in plural nominative and/or accusative form(s) :
|
||||
nBank: Str -> N ; -- банк-и (Nom=Acc)
|
||||
nStomatolog : Str -> N ; -- same as above, but animate
|
||||
nAdres : Str -> N ; -- адрес-а (Nom=Acc)
|
||||
nTelefon : Str -> N ; -- телефон-ы (Nom=Acc)
|
||||
|
||||
nNol : Str -> N ; -- masculine, inanimate, ending with "-ь" (soft sign)
|
||||
nUroven : Str -> N ; -- masculine, inanimate, ending with "-ень"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Nouns used as functions need a preposition. The most common is with Genitive.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkFun : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> Animacy -> PN ; -- "Иван", "Маша"
|
||||
nounPN : N -> PN ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
On the top level, it is maybe <CODE>CN</CODE> that is used rather than <CODE>N</CODE>, and
|
||||
<CODE>NP</CODE> rather than <CODE>PN</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkCN : N -> CN ;
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Gender -> Animacy -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison (only positive degree) one-place adjectives need 28 (4 by 7)
|
||||
forms in the worst case:
|
||||
(Masculine | Feminine | Neutral | Plural) **
|
||||
**
|
||||
(Nominative | Genitive | Dative | Accusative Inanimate | Accusative Animate |
|
||||
Instructive | Prepositional)
|
||||
Notice that 4 short forms, which exist for some adjectives are not included
|
||||
in the current description, otherwise there would be 32 forms for
|
||||
positive degree.
|
||||
mkA : ( : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
The regular function captures the variants for some popular adjective
|
||||
endings below. The first string agrument is the masculine singular form,
|
||||
the second is comparative:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regA : Str -> Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Invariable adjective is a special case.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
adjInvar : Str -> A ; -- khaki, mini, hindi, netto
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some regular patterns depending on the ending.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
AStaruyj : Str -> Str -> A ; -- ending with "-ый"
|
||||
AMalenkij : Str -> Str -> A ; -- ending with "-ий", Gen - "маленьк-ого"
|
||||
AKhoroshij : Str -> Str -> A ; -- ending with "-ий", Gen - "хорош-его"
|
||||
AMolodoj : Str -> Str -> A ; -- ending with "-ой",
|
||||
-- plural - молод-ые"
|
||||
AKakoj_Nibud : Str -> Str -> Str -> A ; -- ending with "-ой",
|
||||
-- plural - "как-ие"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition and a case as extra arguments.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Str -> Case -> A2 ; -- "делим на"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adjectives need a positive adjective
|
||||
(28 forms without short forms).
|
||||
Taking only one comparative form (non-syntactic) and
|
||||
only one superlative form (syntactic) we can produce the
|
||||
comparison adjective with only one extra argument -
|
||||
non-syntactic comparative form.
|
||||
Syntactic forms are based on the positive forms.
|
||||
mkADeg : A -> Str -> ADeg ;
|
||||
On top level, there are adjectival phrases. The most common case is
|
||||
just to use a one-place adjective.
|
||||
ap : A -> IsPostfixAdj -> AP ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In our lexicon description (<I>Verbum</I>) there are 62 forms:
|
||||
2 (Voice) by { 1 (infinitive) + [2(number) by 3 (person)](imperative) +
|
||||
[ [2(Number) by 3(Person)](present) + [2(Number) by 3(Person)](future) +
|
||||
4(GenNum)(past) ](indicative)+ 4 (GenNum) (subjunctive) }
|
||||
Participles (Present and Past) and Gerund forms are not included,
|
||||
since they fuction more like Adjectives and Adverbs correspondingly
|
||||
rather than verbs. Aspect is regarded as an inherent parameter of a verb.
|
||||
Notice, that some forms are never used for some verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Voice: Type;
|
||||
Aspect: Type;
|
||||
Bool: Type;
|
||||
Conjugation: Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
first: Conjugation; -- "гуля-Ешь, гуля-Ем"
|
||||
firstE: Conjugation; -- Verbs with vowel "ё": "даёшь" (give), "пьёшь" (drink)
|
||||
second: Conjugation; -- "вид-Ишь, вид-Им"
|
||||
mixed: Conjugation; -- "хоч-Ешь - хот-Им"
|
||||
dolzhen: Conjugation; -- irregular
|
||||
|
||||
true: Bool;
|
||||
false: Bool;
|
||||
|
||||
active: Voice ;
|
||||
passive: Voice ;
|
||||
imperfective: Aspect;
|
||||
perfective: Aspect ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The worst case need 6 forms of the present tense in indicative mood
|
||||
(<I>я бегу</I>, <I>ты бежишь</I>, <I>он бежит</I>, <I>мы бежим</I>, <I>вы бежите</I>, <I>они бегут</I>),
|
||||
a past form (singular, masculine: <I>я бежал</I>), an imperative form
|
||||
(singular, second person: <I>беги</I>), an infinitive (<I>бежать</I>).
|
||||
Inherent aspect should also be specified.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkVerbum : Aspect -> (presentSgP1,presentSgP2,presentSgP3,
|
||||
presentPlP1,presentPlP2,presentPlP3,
|
||||
pastSgMasculine,imperative,infinitive: Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Common conjugation patterns are two conjugations:
|
||||
first - verbs ending with <I>-ать/-ять</I> and second - <I>-ить/-еть</I>.
|
||||
Instead of 6 present forms of the worst case, we only need
|
||||
a present stem and one ending (singular, first person):
|
||||
<I>я люб-лю</I>, <I>я жд-у</I>, etc. To determine where the border
|
||||
between stem and ending lies it is sufficient to compare
|
||||
first person from with second person form:
|
||||
<I>я люб-лю</I>, <I>ты люб-ишь</I>. Stems shoud be the same.
|
||||
So the definition for verb <I>любить</I> looks like:
|
||||
regV Imperfective Second <I>люб</I> <I>лю</I> <I>любил</I> <I>люби</I> <I>любить</I>;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regV :Aspect -> Conjugation -> (stemPresentSgP1,endingPresentSgP1,
|
||||
pastSgP1,imperative,infinitive : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
For writing an application grammar one usualy doesn't need
|
||||
the whole inflection table, since each verb is used in
|
||||
a particular context that determines some of the parameters
|
||||
(Tense and Voice while Aspect is fixed from the beginning) for certain usage.
|
||||
The <I>V</I> type, that have these parameters fixed.
|
||||
We can extract the <I>V</I> from the lexicon.
|
||||
mkV: Verbum -> Voice -> V ;
|
||||
mkPresentV: Verbum -> Voice -> V ;
|
||||
Two-place verbs, and the special case with direct object. Notice that
|
||||
a particle can be included in a <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Str -> Case -> V2 ; -- "войти в дом"; "в", accusative
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Str -> Str -> Case -> Case -> V3 ; -- "сложить письмо в конверт"
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ; -- "видеть", "любить"
|
||||
tvDirDir : V -> V3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
hidden from the document.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc russian/ParadigmsRus.txt -->
|
||||
@@ -1,413 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Spanish Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Spanish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 21:33:43 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Comparison adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2004 - 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an API for the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
expressions of open categories: nouns, adjectives, verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Closed categories (determiners, pronouns, conjunctions) are
|
||||
accessed through the resource syntax API, <CODE>Structural.gf</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main difference with <CODE>MorphoSpa.gf</CODE> is that the types
|
||||
referred to are compiled resource grammar types. We have moreover
|
||||
had the design principle of always having existing forms, rather
|
||||
than stems, as string arguments of the paradigms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The structure of functions for each word class <CODE>C</CODE> is the following:
|
||||
first we give a handful of patterns that aim to cover all
|
||||
regular cases. Then we give a worst-case function <CODE>mkC</CODE>, which serves as an
|
||||
escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>. For
|
||||
verbs, there is a fairly complete list of irregular verbs in
|
||||
<A HREF="../../spanish/IrregSpa.gf"><CODE>IrregSpa</CODE></A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource ParadigmsSpa =
|
||||
open
|
||||
(Predef=Predef),
|
||||
Prelude,
|
||||
CommonRomance,
|
||||
ResSpa,
|
||||
MorphoSpa,
|
||||
BeschSpa,
|
||||
CatSpa in {
|
||||
|
||||
flags optimize=all ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
Gender : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
masculine : Gender ;
|
||||
feminine : Gender ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Number : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
singular : Number ;
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Prepositions used in many-argument functions are either strings
|
||||
(including the 'accusative' empty string) or strings that
|
||||
amalgamate with the following word (the 'genitive' <I>de</I> and the
|
||||
'dative' <I>a</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Prep : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
accusative : Prep ;
|
||||
genitive : Prep ;
|
||||
dative : Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: two forms (singular + plural),
|
||||
and the gender.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN : (_,_ : Str) -> Gender -> N ; -- bastón, bastones, masculine
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular function takes the singular form and the gender,
|
||||
and computes the plural and the gender by a heuristic.
|
||||
The heuristic says that the gender is feminine for nouns
|
||||
ending with <I>a</I> or <I>z</I>, and masculine for all other words.
|
||||
Nouns ending with <I>a</I>, <I>o</I>, <I>e</I> have the plural with <I>s</I>,
|
||||
those ending with <I>z</I> have <I>ces</I> in plural; all other nouns
|
||||
have <I>es</I> as plural ending. The accent is not dealt with.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN : Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To force a different gender, use one of the following functions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mascN : N -> N ;
|
||||
femN : N -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some nouns are ones where the first part is inflected as a noun but
|
||||
the second part is not inflected. e.g. <I>número de teléfono</I>.
|
||||
They could be formed in syntax, but we give a shortcut here since
|
||||
they are frequent in lexica.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compN : N -> Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>fille de x</I>) need a case and a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The most common cases are the genitive <I>de</I> and the dative <I>a</I>,
|
||||
with the empty preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
deN2 : N -> N2 ;
|
||||
aN2 : N -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>la connessione di x a y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
relational noun (e.g. <I>the old town hall of</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names need a string and a gender.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Juan
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- feminine for "-a", otherwise masculine
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To form a noun phrase that can also be plural,
|
||||
you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Gender -> Number -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need five forms in the worst
|
||||
case (masc and fem singular, masc plural, adverbial).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA : (solo,sola,solos,solas, solamiento : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
For regular adjectives, all other forms are derived from the
|
||||
masculine singular. The types of adjectives that are recognized are
|
||||
<I>alto</I>, <I>fuerte</I>, <I>util</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regA : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These functions create postfix adjectives. To switch
|
||||
them to prefix ones (i.e. ones placed before the noun in
|
||||
modification, as in <I>bueno vino</I>), the following function is
|
||||
provided.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
prefA : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Comparison adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adjectives are in the worst case put up from two
|
||||
adjectives: the positive (<I>bueno</I>), and the comparative (<I>mejor</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkADeg : A -> A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If comparison is formed by <I>mas</I>, as usual in Spanish,
|
||||
the following pattern is used:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compADeg : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular pattern is the same as <CODE>regA</CODE> for plain adjectives,
|
||||
with comparison by <I>mas</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regADeg : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
after the verb.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some appear next to the verb (e.g. <I>siempre</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdV : Str -> AdV ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Regular verbs are ones inflected like <I>cortar</I>, <I>deber</I>, or <I>vivir</I>.
|
||||
The regular verb function is the first conjugation (<I>ar</I>) recognizes
|
||||
the variations corresponding to the patterns
|
||||
<I>actuar, cazar, guiar, pagar, sacar</I>. The module <CODE>BeschSpa</CODE> gives
|
||||
the complete set of <I>Bescherelle</I> conjugations.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regV : Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The module <CODE>BeschSpa</CODE> gives all the patterns of the <I>Bescherelle</I>
|
||||
book. To use them in the category <CODE>V</CODE>, wrap them with the function
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
verboV : Verbum -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To form reflexive verbs:
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs with a deviant passive participle: just give the participle
|
||||
in masculine singular form as second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
special_ppV : V -> Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
You can reuse a <CODE>V2</CODE> verb in <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
v2V : V2 -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- hablar, a, di
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- dar,(accusative),a
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- dar,(dative),(accusative)
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ; -- plain infinitive: "quiero hablar"
|
||||
deVV : V -> VV ; -- "terminar de hablar"
|
||||
aVV : V -> VV ; -- "aprender a hablar"
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Prep -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Notice: categories <CODE>V2S, V2V, V2Q</CODE> are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
just as synonyms of <CODE>V2</CODE>, and the second argument is given
|
||||
as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
<CODE>V0</CODE> is just <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc spanish/ParadigmsSpa.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,423 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Swedish Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Swedish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 21:39:41 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs with a particle.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Deponent verbs.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2001 - 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an API for the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
expressions of open categories: nouns, adjectives, verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Closed categories (determiners, pronouns, conjunctions) are
|
||||
accessed through the resource syntax API, <CODE>Structural.gf</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main difference with <CODE>MorphoSwe.gf</CODE> is that the types
|
||||
referred to are compiled resource grammar types. We have moreover
|
||||
had the design principle of always having existing forms, rather
|
||||
than stems, as string arguments of the paradigms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The structure of functions for each word class <CODE>C</CODE> is the following:
|
||||
first we give a handful of patterns that aim to cover all
|
||||
regular cases. Then we give a worst-case function <CODE>mkC</CODE>, which serves as an
|
||||
escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>.
|
||||
However, this function should only seldom be needed: we have a
|
||||
separate module <A HREF="../../swedish/IrregSwe"><CODE>IrregSwe</CODE></A>,
|
||||
which covers many irregular verbs.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource ParadigmsSwe =
|
||||
open
|
||||
(Predef=Predef),
|
||||
Prelude,
|
||||
CommonScand,
|
||||
ResSwe,
|
||||
MorphoSwe,
|
||||
CatSwe in {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
Gender : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
utrum : Gender ;
|
||||
neutrum : Gender ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Number : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
singular : Number ;
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over case names, we define the following.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Case : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
nominative : Case ;
|
||||
genitive : Case ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Prepositions used in many-argument functions are just strings.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ; -- empty string
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give all four forms. The gender is computed from the
|
||||
last letter of the second form (if <I>n</I>, then <CODE>utrum</CODE>, otherwise <CODE>neutrum</CODE>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN : (apa,apan,apor,aporna : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular function takes the singular indefinite form and computes the other
|
||||
forms and the gender by a heuristic. The heuristic is currently
|
||||
to treat all words ending with <I>a</I> like <I>flicka</I>, with <I>e</I> like <I>rike</I>,
|
||||
and otherwise like <I>bil</I>.
|
||||
If in doubt, use the <CODE>cc</CODE> command to test!
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN : Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adding the gender manually greatly improves the correction of <CODE>regN</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regGenN : Str -> Gender -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In practice the worst case is often just: give singular and plural indefinite.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk2N : (nyckel,nycklar : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This heuristic takes just the plural definite form and infers the others.
|
||||
It does not work if there are changes in the stem.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk1N : (bilarna : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
All the functions above work quite as well to form compound nouns,
|
||||
such as <I>fotboll</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>dotter till x</I>) need a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The most common preposition is <I>av</I>, and the following is a
|
||||
shortcut for regular, <CODE>nonhuman</CODE> relational nouns with <I>av</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regN2 : Str -> Gender -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Use the function <CODE>mkPreposition</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
form other prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>förbindelse från x till y</I>)
|
||||
need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
relational noun (e.g. <I>den före detta maken till</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regGenPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ;
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- utrum
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sometimes you can reuse a common noun as a proper name, e.g. <I>Bank</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nounPN : N -> PN ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To form a noun phrase that can also be plural and have an irregular
|
||||
genitive, you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Str -> Number -> Gender -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adjectives may need as many as seven forms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA : (liten, litet, lilla, sma, mindre, minst, minsta : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The regular pattern works for many adjectives, e.g. those ending
|
||||
with <I>ig</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regA : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Just the comparison forms can be irregular.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
irregA : (tung,tyngre,tyngst : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sometimes just the positive forms are irregular.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk3A : (galen,galet,galna : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
mk2A : (bred,brett : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison forms may be compound (<I>mera svensk</I> - <I>mest svensk</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
compoundA : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
after the verb. Some can be preverbal in subordinate position
|
||||
(e.g. <I>alltid</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ; -- här
|
||||
mkAdV : Str -> AdV ; -- alltid
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The worst case needs five forms.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV : (supa,super,sup,söp,supit,supen : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The 'regular verb' function is inspired by Lexin. It uses the
|
||||
present tense indicative form. The value is the first conjugation if the
|
||||
argument ends with <I>ar</I> (<I>tala</I> - <I>talar</I> - <I>talade</I> - <I>talat</I>),
|
||||
the second with <I>er</I> (<I>leka</I> - <I>leker</I> - <I>lekte</I> - <I>lekt</I>, with the
|
||||
variations like <I>gräva</I>, <I>vända</I>, <I>tyda</I>, <I>hyra</I>), and
|
||||
the third in other cases (<I>bo</I> - <I>bor</I> - <I>bodde</I> - <I>bott</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regV : (talar : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The almost regular verb function needs the infinitive and the preteritum.
|
||||
It is not really more powerful than the new implementation of
|
||||
<CODE>regV</CODE> based on the indicative form.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mk2V : (leka,lekte : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
There is an extensive list of irregular verbs in the module <CODE>IrregSwe</CODE>.
|
||||
In practice, it is enough to give three forms, as in school books.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
irregV : (dricka, drack, druckit : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with a particle.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The particle, such as in <I>passa på</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
partV : V -> Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Deponent verbs.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some words are used in passive forms only, e.g. <I>hoppas</I>, some as
|
||||
reflexive e.g. <I>ångra sig</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
depV : V -> V ;
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- tala, med, om
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- ge, (acc),till
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- ge, (dat), (acc)
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Notice: categories <CODE>V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q</CODE> are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
just as synonyms of <CODE>V2</CODE>, and the second argument is given
|
||||
as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
<CODE>V0</CODE> is just <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc swedish/ParadigmsSwe.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Phrase: Phrases and Utterances</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Phrase: Phrases and Utterances</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-14 22:58:47 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Phrase = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
When a phrase is built from an utterance it can be prefixed
|
||||
with a phrasal conjunction (such as <I>but</I>, <I>therefore</I>)
|
||||
and suffixing with a vocative (typically a noun phrase).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
PhrUtt : PConj -> Utt -> Voc -> Phr ; -- But go home my friend.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Utterances are formed from sentences, questions, and imperatives.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
UttS : S -> Utt ; -- John walks
|
||||
UttQS : QS -> Utt ; -- is it good
|
||||
UttImpSg : Pol -> Imp -> Utt; -- (don't) help yourself
|
||||
UttImpPl : Pol -> Imp -> Utt; -- (don't) help yourselves
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
There are also 'one-word utterances'. A typical use of them is
|
||||
as answers to questions.
|
||||
<B>Note</B>. This list is incomplete. More categories could be covered.
|
||||
Moreover, in many languages e.g. noun phrases in different cases
|
||||
can be used.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
UttIP : IP -> Utt ; -- who
|
||||
UttIAdv : IAdv -> Utt ; -- why
|
||||
UttNP : NP -> Utt ; -- this man
|
||||
UttAdv : Adv -> Utt ; -- here
|
||||
UttVP : VP -> Utt ; -- to sleep
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The phrasal conjunction is optional. A sentence conjunction
|
||||
can also used to prefix an utterance.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
NoPConj : PConj ;
|
||||
PConjConj : Conj -> PConj ; -- and
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The vocative is optional. Any noun phrase can be made into vocative,
|
||||
which may be overgenerating (e.g. <I>I</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
NoVoc : Voc ;
|
||||
VocNP : NP -> Voc ; -- my friend
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Phrase.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Last update: 2005-11-17 17:36:49 CET
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
operations for precedence-dependent strings.
|
||||
five levels:
|
||||
p4 (constants), p3 (applications), p2 (products), p1 (sums), p0 (arrows)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource Precedence = open Prelude in {
|
||||
|
||||
param
|
||||
Prec = p4 | p3 | p2 | p1 | p0 ;
|
||||
|
||||
lintype
|
||||
PrecTerm = Prec => Str ;
|
||||
|
||||
oper
|
||||
pss : PrecTerm -> {s : PrecTerm} = \s -> {s = s} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
change this if you want some other type of parentheses
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkParenth : Str -> Str = \str -> "(" ++ str ++ ")" ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
define ordering of precedences
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nextPrec : Prec => Prec =
|
||||
table {p0 => p1 ; p1 => p2 ; p2 => p3 ; _ => p4} ;
|
||||
prevPrec : Prec => Prec =
|
||||
table {p4 => p3 ; p3 => p2 ; p2 => p1 ; _ => p0} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPrec : Str -> Prec => Prec => Str = \str ->
|
||||
table {
|
||||
p4 => table { -- use the term of precedence p4...
|
||||
_ => str} ; -- ...always without parentheses
|
||||
p3 => table { -- use the term of precedence p3...
|
||||
p4 => mkParenth str ; -- ...in parentheses if p4 is required...
|
||||
_ => str} ; -- ...otherwise without parentheses
|
||||
p2 => table {
|
||||
p4 => mkParenth str ;
|
||||
p3 => mkParenth str ;
|
||||
_ => str} ;
|
||||
p1 => table {
|
||||
p1 => str ;
|
||||
p0 => str ;
|
||||
_ => mkParenth str} ;
|
||||
p0 => table {
|
||||
p0 => str ;
|
||||
_ => mkParenth str}
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
make a string into a constant, of precedence p4
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkConst : Str -> PrecTerm =
|
||||
\f ->
|
||||
mkPrec f ! p4 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
make a string into a 1/2/3 -place prefix operator, of precedence p3
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkFun1 : Str -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm =
|
||||
\f -> \x ->
|
||||
table {k => mkPrec (f ++ x ! p4) ! p3 ! k} ;
|
||||
mkFun2 : Str -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm =
|
||||
\f -> \x -> \y ->
|
||||
table {k => mkPrec (f ++ x ! p4 ++ y ! p4) ! p3 ! k} ;
|
||||
mkFun3 : Str -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm =
|
||||
\f -> \x -> \y -> \z ->
|
||||
table {k => mkPrec (f ++ x ! p4 ++ y ! p4 ++ z ! p4) ! p3 ! k} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
make a string into a non/left/right -associative infix operator, of precedence p
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkInfix : Str -> Prec -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm =
|
||||
\f -> \p -> \x -> \y ->
|
||||
table {k => mkPrec (x ! (nextPrec ! p) ++ f ++ y ! (nextPrec ! p)) ! p ! k} ;
|
||||
mkInfixL : Str -> Prec -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm =
|
||||
\f -> \p -> \x -> \y ->
|
||||
table {k => mkPrec (x ! p ++ f ++ y ! (nextPrec ! p)) ! p ! k} ;
|
||||
mkInfixR : Str -> Prec -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm -> PrecTerm =
|
||||
\f -> \p -> \x -> \y ->
|
||||
table {k => mkPrec (x ! (nextPrec ! p) ++ f ++ y ! p) ! p ! k} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
alternative:
|
||||
precedence as inherent feature
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
lintype TermWithPrec = {s : Str ; p : Prec} ;
|
||||
|
||||
oper
|
||||
mkpPrec : Str -> Prec -> TermWithPrec =
|
||||
\f -> \p ->
|
||||
{s = f ; p = p} ;
|
||||
|
||||
usePrec : TermWithPrec -> Prec -> Str =
|
||||
\x -> \p ->
|
||||
mkPrec x.s ! x.p ! p ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
make a string into a constant, of precedence p4
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkpConst : Str -> TermWithPrec =
|
||||
\f ->
|
||||
mkpPrec f p4 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
make a string into a 1/2/3 -place prefix operator, of precedence p3
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkpFun1 : Str -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec =
|
||||
\f -> \x ->
|
||||
mkpPrec (f ++ usePrec x p4) p3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkpFun2 : Str -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec =
|
||||
\f -> \x -> \y ->
|
||||
mkpPrec (f ++ usePrec x p4 ++ usePrec y p4) p3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkpFun3 : Str -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec =
|
||||
\f -> \x -> \y -> \z ->
|
||||
mkpPrec (f ++ usePrec x p4 ++ usePrec y p4 ++ usePrec z p4) p3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
make a string a into non/left/right -associative infix operator, of precedence p
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkpInfix : Str -> Prec -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec =
|
||||
\f -> \p -> \x -> \y ->
|
||||
mkpPrec (usePrec x (nextPrec ! p) ++ f ++ usePrec y (nextPrec ! p)) p ;
|
||||
mkpInfixL : Str -> Prec -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec =
|
||||
\f -> \p -> \x -> \y ->
|
||||
mkpPrec (usePrec x p ++ f ++ usePrec y (nextPrec ! p)) p ;
|
||||
mkpInfixR : Str -> Prec -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec -> TermWithPrec =
|
||||
\f -> \p -> \x -> \y ->
|
||||
mkpPrec (usePrec x (nextPrec ! p) ++ f ++ usePrec y p) p ;
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc ../prelude/Precedence.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Predefined functions for concrete syntax</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Predefined functions for concrete syntax</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-25 22:19:20 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions of these constants are hard-coded in GF, and defined
|
||||
in <A HREF="../src/GF/Grammar/AppPredefined.hs">AppPredefined.hs</A>. Applying
|
||||
them to run-time variables leads to compiler errors that are often
|
||||
only detected at the code generation time.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource Predef = {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This type of booleans is for internal use only.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
param PBool = PTrue | PFalse ;
|
||||
|
||||
oper Int : Type = variants {} ; -- the type of integers
|
||||
oper Ints : Int -> Type = variants {} ; -- the type of integers from 0 to n
|
||||
|
||||
oper length : Tok -> Int = variants {} ; -- length of string
|
||||
oper drop : Int -> Tok -> Tok = variants {} ; -- drop prefix of length
|
||||
oper take : Int -> Tok -> Tok = variants {} ; -- take prefix of length
|
||||
oper tk : Int -> Tok -> Tok = variants {} ; -- drop suffix of length
|
||||
oper dp : Int -> Tok -> Tok = variants {} ; -- take suffix of length
|
||||
oper eqInt : Int -> Int -> PBool = variants {} ; -- test if equal integers
|
||||
oper lessInt: Int -> Int -> PBool = variants {} ; -- test order of integers
|
||||
oper plus : Int -> Int -> Int = variants {} ; -- add integers
|
||||
oper eqStr : Tok -> Tok -> PBool = variants {} ; -- test if equal strings
|
||||
oper occur : Tok -> Tok -> PBool = variants {} ; -- test if occurs as substring
|
||||
oper occurs : Tok -> Tok -> PBool = variants {} ; -- test if any char occurs
|
||||
oper show : (P : Type) -> P -> Tok = variants {} ; -- convert param to string
|
||||
oper read : (P : Type) -> Tok -> P = variants {} ; -- convert string to param
|
||||
oper toStr : (L : Type) -> L -> Str = variants {} ; -- find the "first" string
|
||||
oper mapStr : (L : Type) -> (Str -> Str) -> L -> L = variants {} ;
|
||||
-- map all strings in a data structure; experimental ---
|
||||
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc ../prelude/Predef.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Last update: 2006-06-03 10:54:51 CEST
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract PredefAbs = {
|
||||
cat Int ; String ; Float ;
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc ../prelude/PredefAbs.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> A Small Predication Library</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> A Small Predication Library</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-25 23:46:32 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">The category of atomic sentences</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Predication patterns.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Imperatives and infinitives.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Individual-valued function applications</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Families of types</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Type constructor</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta 2003-2006 under Gnu GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This library is a derived library built on the language-independent Ground
|
||||
API of resource grammars.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Predication = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>The category of atomic sentences</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
We want to use sentences in positive and negative forms but do not care about
|
||||
tenses.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
PosCl : Cl -> S ; -- positive sentence: "x intersects y"
|
||||
NegCl : Cl -> S ; -- negative sentence: "x doesn't intersect y"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Predication patterns.</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
predV : V -> NP -> Cl ; -- one-place verb: "x converges"
|
||||
predV2 : V2 -> NP -> NP -> Cl ; -- two-place verb: "x intersects y"
|
||||
predV3 : V3 -> NP->NP-> NP -> Cl; -- three-place verb: "x intersects y at z"
|
||||
predVColl : V -> NP -> NP -> Cl ; -- collective verb: "x and y intersect"
|
||||
predA : A -> NP -> Cl ; -- one-place adjective: "x is even"
|
||||
predA2 : A2 -> NP -> NP -> Cl ; -- two-place adj: "x is divisible by y"
|
||||
predAComp : A -> NP -> NP -> Cl; -- comparative adj: "x is greater than y"
|
||||
predAColl : A -> NP -> NP -> Cl ; -- collective adj: "x and y are parallel"
|
||||
predN : N -> NP -> Cl ; -- one-place noun: "x is a point"
|
||||
predN2 : N2 -> NP -> NP -> Cl ; -- two-place noun: "x is a divisor of y"
|
||||
predNColl : N -> NP -> NP -> Cl ; -- collective noun: "x and y are duals"
|
||||
predAdv : Adv -> NP -> Cl ; -- adverb: "x is inside"
|
||||
predPrep : Prep -> NP -> NP -> Cl ; -- preposition: "x is outside y"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Imperatives and infinitives.</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
impV2 : V2 -> NP -> Phr ; -- imperative: "solve the equation E"
|
||||
infV2 : V2 -> NP -> Phr ; -- infinitive: "to solve the equation E"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Individual-valued function applications</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
appN2 : N2 -> NP -> NP ; -- one-place function: "the successor of x"
|
||||
appN3 : N3 -> NP -> NP -> NP ; -- two-place function: "the distance from x to y"
|
||||
appColl : N2 -> NP -> NP -> NP ; -- collective function: "the sum of x and y"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Families of types</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These are expressed by relational nouns applied to arguments.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
famN2 : N2 -> NP -> CN ; -- one-place family: "divisor of x"
|
||||
famN3 : N3 -> NP -> NP -> CN ; -- two-place family: "path from x to y"
|
||||
famColl : N2 -> NP -> NP -> CN ; -- collective family: "path between x and y"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Type constructor</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is similar to a family except that the argument is a type.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
typN2 : N2 -> CN -> CN ; -- constructed type: "list of integers"
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc mathematical/Predication.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> The GF Prelude</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> The GF Prelude</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-25 22:31:06 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Strings, records, and tables</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Optional elements</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Infixes. prefixes, and postfixes</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Booleans</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">High-level acces to Predef operations</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Lexer-related operations</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Miscellaneous</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This file defines some prelude facilities usable in all grammars.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
resource Prelude = open (Predef=Predef) in {
|
||||
|
||||
oper
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Strings, records, and tables</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SS : Type = {s : Str} ;
|
||||
ss : Str -> SS = \s -> {s = s} ;
|
||||
ss2 : (_,_ : Str) -> SS = \x,y -> ss (x ++ y) ;
|
||||
ss3 : (_,_ ,_: Str) -> SS = \x,y,z -> ss (x ++ y ++ z) ;
|
||||
|
||||
cc2 : (_,_ : SS) -> SS = \x,y -> ss (x.s ++ y.s) ;
|
||||
cc3 : (_,_,_ : SS) -> SS = \x,y,z -> ss (x.s ++ y.s ++ z.s) ;
|
||||
|
||||
SS1 : Type -> Type = \P -> {s : P => Str} ;
|
||||
ss1 : (A : Type) -> Str -> SS1 A = \A,s -> {s = table {_ => s}} ;
|
||||
|
||||
SP1 : Type -> Type = \P -> {s : Str ; p : P} ;
|
||||
sp1 : (A : Type) -> Str -> A -> SP1 A = \_,s,a -> {s = s ; p = a} ;
|
||||
|
||||
constTable : (A,B : Type) -> B -> A => B = \_,_,b -> \\_ => b ;
|
||||
constStr : (A : Type) -> Str -> A => Str = \A -> constTable A Str ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Discontinuous constituents.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SD2 = {s1,s2 : Str} ;
|
||||
sd2 : (_,_ : Str) -> SD2 = \x,y -> {s1 = x ; s2 = y} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Optional elements</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Missing form.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
nonExist : Str = variants {} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Optional string with preference on the string vs. empty.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
optStr : Str -> Str = \s -> variants {s ; []} ;
|
||||
strOpt : Str -> Str = \s -> variants {[] ; s} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Free order between two strings.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
bothWays : Str -> Str -> Str = \x,y -> variants {x ++ y ; y ++ x} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Parametric order between two strings.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
preOrPost : Bool -> Str -> Str -> Str = \pr,x,y ->
|
||||
if_then_Str pr (x ++ y) (y ++ x) ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Infixes. prefixes, and postfixes</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Fixes with precedences are defined in <A HREF="Precedence.html">Precedence</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
infixSS : Str -> SS -> SS -> SS = \f,x,y -> ss (x.s ++ f ++ y.s) ;
|
||||
prefixSS : Str -> SS -> SS = \f,x -> ss (f ++ x.s) ;
|
||||
postfixSS : Str -> SS -> SS = \f,x -> ss (x.s ++ f) ;
|
||||
embedSS : Str -> Str -> SS -> SS = \f,g,x -> ss (f ++ x.s ++ g) ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Booleans</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
param Bool = True | False ;
|
||||
|
||||
oper
|
||||
if_then_else : (A : Type) -> Bool -> A -> A -> A = \_,c,d,e ->
|
||||
case c of {
|
||||
True => d ; ---- should not need to qualify
|
||||
False => e
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
andB : (_,_ : Bool) -> Bool = \a,b -> if_then_else Bool a b False ;
|
||||
orB : (_,_ : Bool) -> Bool = \a,b -> if_then_else Bool a True b ;
|
||||
notB : Bool -> Bool = \a -> if_then_else Bool a False True ;
|
||||
|
||||
if_then_Str : Bool -> Str -> Str -> Str = if_then_else Str ;
|
||||
|
||||
onlyIf : Bool -> Str -> Str = \b,s -> case b of {
|
||||
True => s ;
|
||||
_ => nonExist
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Interface to internal booleans
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
pbool2bool : Predef.PBool -> Bool = \b -> case b of {
|
||||
Predef.PFalse => False ; Predef.PTrue => True
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
init : Tok -> Tok = Predef.tk 1 ;
|
||||
last : Tok -> Tok = Predef.dp 1 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>High-level acces to Predef operations</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
isNil : Tok -> Bool = \b -> pbool2bool (Predef.eqStr [] b) ;
|
||||
|
||||
ifTok : (A : Type) -> Tok -> Tok -> A -> A -> A = \A,t,u,a,b ->
|
||||
case Predef.eqStr t u of {Predef.PTrue => a ; Predef.PFalse => b} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Lexer-related operations</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Bind together two tokens in some lexers, either obligatorily or optionally
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
oper
|
||||
glue : Str -> Str -> Str = \x,y -> x ++ BIND ++ y ;
|
||||
glueOpt : Str -> Str -> Str = \x,y -> variants {glue x y ; x ++ y} ;
|
||||
noglueOpt : Str -> Str -> Str = \x,y -> variants {x ++ y ; glue x y} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Force capitalization of next word in some unlexers
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
capitalize : Str -> Str = \s -> CAPIT ++ s ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These should be hidden, and never changed since they are hardcoded in (un)lexers
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
BIND : Str = "&+" ;
|
||||
PARA : Str = "&-" ;
|
||||
CAPIT : Str = "&|" ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Miscellaneous</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Identity function
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
id : (A : Type) -> A -> A = \_,a -> a ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Parentheses
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
paren : Str -> Str = \s -> "(" ++ s ++ ")" ;
|
||||
parenss : SS -> SS = \s -> ss (paren s.s) ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Zero, one, two, or more (elements in a list etc)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
param
|
||||
ENumber = E0 | E1 | E2 | Emore ;
|
||||
|
||||
oper
|
||||
eNext : ENumber -> ENumber = \e -> case e of {
|
||||
E0 => E1 ; E1 => E2 ; _ => Emore} ;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc ../prelude/Prelude.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Question: Questions and Interrogative Pronouns</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Question: Questions and Interrogative Pronouns</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:22:41 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Question = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A question can be formed from a clause ('yes-no question') or
|
||||
with an interrogative.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
QuestCl : Cl -> QCl ; -- does John walk
|
||||
QuestVP : IP -> VP -> QCl ; -- who walks
|
||||
QuestSlash : IP -> Slash -> QCl ; -- who does John love
|
||||
QuestIAdv : IAdv -> Cl -> QCl ; -- why does John walk
|
||||
QuestIComp : IComp -> NP -> QCl ; -- where is John
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Interrogative pronouns can be formed with interrogative
|
||||
determiners.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
IDetCN : IDet -> Num -> Ord -> CN -> IP; -- which five best songs
|
||||
AdvIP : IP -> Adv -> IP ; -- who in Europe
|
||||
|
||||
PrepIP : Prep -> IP -> IAdv ; -- with whom
|
||||
|
||||
CompIAdv : IAdv -> IComp ; -- where
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
More <CODE>IP</CODE>, <CODE>IDet</CODE>, and <CODE>IAdv</CODE> are defined in
|
||||
<A HREF="Structural.html"><CODE>Structural</CODE></A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Question.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Relative clauses and pronouns</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Relative clauses and pronouns</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:23:30 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Relative = Cat ** {
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The simplest way to form a relative clause is from a clause by
|
||||
a pronoun similar to <I>such that</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
RelCl : Cl -> RCl ; -- such that John loves her
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The more proper ways are from a verb phrase
|
||||
(formed in <A HREF="Verb.html"><CODE>Verb</CODE></A>) or a sentence
|
||||
with a missing noun phrase (formed in <A HREF="Sentence.html"><CODE>Sentence</CODE></A>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
RelVP : RP -> VP -> RCl ; -- who loves John
|
||||
RelSlash : RP -> Slash -> RCl ; -- whom John loves
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relative pronouns are formed from an 'identity element' by prefixing
|
||||
or suffixing (depending on language) prepositional phrases.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
IdRP : RP ; -- which
|
||||
FunRP : Prep -> NP -> RP -> RP ; -- all the roots of which
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Relative.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Sentence: Sentences, Clauses, and Imperatives</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Sentence: Sentences, Clauses, and Imperatives</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:24:56 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Clauses</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Clauses missing object noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Imperatives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Embedded sentences</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Sentences</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Sentence = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Clauses</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The <CODE>NP VP</CODE> predication rule form a clause whose linearization
|
||||
gives a table of all tense variants, positive and negative.
|
||||
Clauses are converted to <CODE>S</CODE> (with fixed tense) with the
|
||||
<CODE>UseCl</CODE> function below.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
PredVP : NP -> VP -> Cl ; -- John walks
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Using an embedded sentence as a subject is treated separately.
|
||||
This can be overgenerating. E.g. <I>whether you go</I> as subject
|
||||
is only meaningful for some verb phrases.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
PredSCVP : SC -> VP -> Cl ; -- that you go makes me happy
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Clauses missing object noun phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This category is a variant of the 'slash category' <CODE>S/NP</CODE> of
|
||||
GPSG and categorial grammars, which in turn replaces
|
||||
movement transformations in the formation of questions
|
||||
and relative clauses. Except <CODE>SlashV2</CODE>, the construction
|
||||
rules can be seen as special cases of function composition, in
|
||||
the style of CCG.
|
||||
<B>Note</B> the set is not complete and lacks e.g. verbs with more than 2 places.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SlashV2 : NP -> V2 -> Slash ; -- (whom) he sees
|
||||
SlashVVV2 : NP -> VV -> V2 -> Slash; -- (whom) he wants to see
|
||||
AdvSlash : Slash -> Adv -> Slash ; -- (whom) he sees tomorrow
|
||||
SlashPrep : Cl -> Prep -> Slash ; -- (with whom) he walks
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Imperatives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
An imperative is straightforwardly formed from a verb phrase.
|
||||
It has variation over positive and negative, singular and plural.
|
||||
To fix these parameters, see <A HREF="Phrase.html">Phrase</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
ImpVP : VP -> Imp ; -- go
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Embedded sentences</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sentences, questions, and infinitival phrases can be used as
|
||||
subjects and (adverbial) complements.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
EmbedS : S -> SC ; -- that you go
|
||||
EmbedQS : QS -> SC ; -- whether you go
|
||||
EmbedVP : VP -> SC ; -- to go
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Sentences</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These are the 2 x 4 x 4 = 16 forms generated by different
|
||||
combinations of tense, polarity, and
|
||||
anteriority, which are defined in <A HREF="Common.html"><CODE>Common</CODE></A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
UseCl : Tense -> Ant -> Pol -> Cl -> S ;
|
||||
UseQCl : Tense -> Ant -> Pol -> QCl -> QS ;
|
||||
UseRCl : Tense -> Ant -> Pol -> RCl -> RS ;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Sentence.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Conjunctions of left-recursive lists</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Conjunctions of left-recursive lists</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Fri Jan 20 18:01:39 2006
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Conjunctions of left-recursive lists</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Conjunctions of left-recursive lists</H1>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract SeqConjunction = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This module is for backward compatibility with API 0.9.
|
||||
To be used instead of <A HREF="Conjunction.html">Conjunction</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
|
||||
ConjS : Conj -> SeqS -> S ; -- "John walks and Mary runs"
|
||||
ConjAP : Conj -> SeqAP -> AP ; -- "even and prime"
|
||||
ConjNP : Conj -> SeqNP -> NP ; -- "John or Mary"
|
||||
ConjAdv : Conj -> SeqAdv -> Adv ; -- "quickly or slowly"
|
||||
|
||||
DConjS : DConj -> SeqS -> S ; -- "either John walks or Mary runs"
|
||||
DConjAP : DConj -> SeqAP -> AP ; -- "both even and prime"
|
||||
DConjNP : DConj -> SeqNP -> NP ; -- "either John or Mary"
|
||||
DConjAdv : DConj -> SeqAdv -> Adv ; -- "both badly and slowly"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
these are rather uninteresting
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
TwoS : S -> S -> SeqS ;
|
||||
AddS : SeqS -> S -> SeqS ;
|
||||
TwoAdv : Adv -> Adv -> SeqAdv ;
|
||||
AddAdv : SeqAdv -> Adv -> SeqAdv ;
|
||||
TwoNP : NP -> NP -> SeqNP ;
|
||||
AddNP : SeqNP -> NP -> SeqNP ;
|
||||
TwoAP : AP -> AP -> SeqAP ;
|
||||
AddAP : SeqAP -> AP -> SeqAP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
we use right-associative lists instead of GF's built-in lists
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
cat
|
||||
SeqS ;
|
||||
SeqAdv ;
|
||||
SeqNP ;
|
||||
SeqAP ;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.0 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/SeqConjunction.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Structural: Structural Words</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Structural: Structural Words</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-22 19:26:01 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Here we have some words belonging to closed classes and appearing
|
||||
in all languages we have considered.
|
||||
Sometimes more distinctions are needed, e.g. <CODE>we_Pron</CODE> in Spanish
|
||||
should be replaced by masculine and feminine variants, found in
|
||||
<A HREF="../spanish/ExtraSpa.gf"><CODE>ExtraSpa</CODE></A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Structural = Cat ** {
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an alphabetical list of structural words
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
above_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
after_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
all_Predet : Predet ;
|
||||
almost_AdA : AdA ;
|
||||
almost_AdN : AdN ;
|
||||
although_Subj : Subj ;
|
||||
always_AdV : AdV ;
|
||||
and_Conj : Conj ;
|
||||
because_Subj : Subj ;
|
||||
before_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
behind_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
between_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
both7and_DConj : DConj ;
|
||||
but_PConj : PConj ;
|
||||
by8agent_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
by8means_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
can8know_VV : VV ;
|
||||
can_VV : VV ;
|
||||
during_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
either7or_DConj : DConj ;
|
||||
every_Det : Det ;
|
||||
everybody_NP : NP ;
|
||||
everything_NP : NP ;
|
||||
everywhere_Adv : Adv ;
|
||||
first_Ord : Ord ;
|
||||
few_Det : Det ;
|
||||
from_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
he_Pron : Pron ;
|
||||
here_Adv : Adv ;
|
||||
here7to_Adv : Adv ;
|
||||
here7from_Adv : Adv ;
|
||||
how_IAdv : IAdv ;
|
||||
how8many_IDet : IDet ;
|
||||
i_Pron : Pron ;
|
||||
if_Subj : Subj ;
|
||||
in8front_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
in_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
it_Pron : Pron ;
|
||||
less_CAdv : CAdv ;
|
||||
many_Det : Det ;
|
||||
more_CAdv : CAdv ;
|
||||
most_Predet : Predet ;
|
||||
much_Det : Det ;
|
||||
must_VV : VV ;
|
||||
no_Phr : Phr ;
|
||||
on_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
one_Quant : QuantSg ;
|
||||
only_Predet : Predet ;
|
||||
or_Conj : Conj ;
|
||||
otherwise_PConj : PConj ;
|
||||
part_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
please_Voc : Voc ;
|
||||
possess_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
quite_Adv : AdA ;
|
||||
she_Pron : Pron ;
|
||||
so_AdA : AdA ;
|
||||
someSg_Det : Det ;
|
||||
somePl_Det : Det ;
|
||||
somebody_NP : NP ;
|
||||
something_NP : NP ;
|
||||
somewhere_Adv : Adv ;
|
||||
that_Quant : Quant ;
|
||||
that_NP : NP ;
|
||||
there_Adv : Adv ;
|
||||
there7to_Adv : Adv ;
|
||||
there7from_Adv : Adv ;
|
||||
therefore_PConj : PConj ;
|
||||
these_NP : NP ;
|
||||
they_Pron : Pron ;
|
||||
this_Quant : Quant ;
|
||||
this_NP : NP ;
|
||||
those_NP : NP ;
|
||||
through_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
to_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
too_AdA : AdA ;
|
||||
under_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
very_AdA : AdA ;
|
||||
want_VV : VV ;
|
||||
we_Pron : Pron ;
|
||||
whatPl_IP : IP ;
|
||||
whatSg_IP : IP ;
|
||||
when_IAdv : IAdv ;
|
||||
when_Subj : Subj ;
|
||||
where_IAdv : IAdv ;
|
||||
whichPl_IDet : IDet ;
|
||||
whichSg_IDet : IDet ;
|
||||
whoPl_IP : IP ;
|
||||
whoSg_IP : IP ;
|
||||
why_IAdv : IAdv ;
|
||||
with_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
without_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
yes_Phr : Phr ;
|
||||
youSg_Pron : Pron ;
|
||||
youPl_Pron : Pron ;
|
||||
youPol_Pron : Pron ;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Structural.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Symbolic expressions</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Symbolic expressions</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-03-17 12:02:40 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Noun phrases with symbols and numbers</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Sentence consisting of a formula</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Symbol lists</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<B>Note</B>. This module is not automatically included in the main
|
||||
grammar <A HREF="Lang.html">Lang</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Symbol = Cat, PredefAbs ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Noun phrases with symbols and numbers</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
|
||||
SymbPN : Symb -> PN ; -- x
|
||||
IntPN : Int -> PN ; -- 27
|
||||
FloatPN : Float -> PN ; -- 3.14159
|
||||
CNIntNP : CN -> Int -> NP ; -- level 53
|
||||
CNSymbNP : Det -> CN -> [Symb] -> NP ; -- (the) (2) numbers x and y
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Sentence consisting of a formula</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SymbS : Symb -> S ; -- A
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Symbol lists</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A symbol list has at least two elements. The last two are separated
|
||||
by a conjunction (<I>and</I> in English), the others by commas.
|
||||
This produces <I>x, y and z</I>, in English.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
cat
|
||||
Symb ;
|
||||
[Symb]{2} ;
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
MkSymb : String -> Symb ;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc mathematical/Symbol.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Tense, Polarity, and Anteriority</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Tense, Polarity, and Anteriority</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-27 09:41:31 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This module defines the abstract parameters of tense, polarity, and
|
||||
anteriority, which are used in <A HREF="Tensed.html">Tensed</A> to generate different
|
||||
forms of sentences. Together they give 2 x 4 x 4 = 16 sentence forms.
|
||||
These tenses are defined for all languages in the library. More tenses
|
||||
can be defined in the language extensions, e.g. the <I>passé simple</I> of
|
||||
Romance languages.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Tense = {
|
||||
|
||||
cat
|
||||
Pol ;
|
||||
Tense ;
|
||||
Ant ;
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
PPos, PNeg : Pol ; -- I sleep/don't sleep
|
||||
TPres, TPast, TFut, TCond : Tense ; -- I sleep/slept/will sleep/would sleep
|
||||
ASimul, AAnter : Ant ; -- I sleep/have slept
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Tense.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Text: Texts</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Text: Texts</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-14 23:03:43 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Texts are built from an empty text by adding <CODE>Phr</CODE>ases,
|
||||
using as constructors the punctuation marks <I>.</I>, <I>?</I>, and <I>!</I>.
|
||||
Any punctuation mark can be attached to any kind of phrase.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Text = Common ** {
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
TEmpty : Text ; --
|
||||
TFullStop : Phr -> Text -> Text ; -- John walks. ...
|
||||
TQuestMark : Phr -> Text -> Text ; -- Are you OK? ...
|
||||
TExclMark : Phr -> Text -> Text ; -- John walks! ...
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Text.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> The construction of verb phrases</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> The construction of verb phrases</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-26 18:02:58 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Complementization rules</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Other ways of forming verb phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Complements to copula</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Coercions</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Verb = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Complementization rules</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verb phrases are constructed from verbs by providing their
|
||||
complements. There is one rule for each verb category.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
UseV : V -> VP ; -- sleep
|
||||
ComplV2 : V2 -> NP -> VP ; -- use it
|
||||
ComplV3 : V3 -> NP -> NP -> VP ; -- send a message to her
|
||||
|
||||
ComplVV : VV -> VP -> VP ; -- want to run
|
||||
ComplVS : VS -> S -> VP ; -- know that she runs
|
||||
ComplVQ : VQ -> QS -> VP ; -- ask if she runs
|
||||
|
||||
ComplVA : VA -> AP -> VP ; -- look red
|
||||
ComplV2A : V2A -> NP -> AP -> VP ; -- paint the house red
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Other ways of forming verb phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verb phrases can also be constructed reflexively and from
|
||||
copula-preceded complements.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
ReflV2 : V2 -> VP ; -- use itself
|
||||
UseComp : Comp -> VP ; -- be warm
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Passivization of two-place verbs is another way to use
|
||||
them. In many languages, the result is a participle that
|
||||
is used as complement to a copula (<I>is used</I>), but other
|
||||
auxiliary verbs are possible (Ger. <I>wird angewendet</I>, It.
|
||||
<I>viene usato</I>), as well as special verb forms (Fin. <I>käytetään</I>,
|
||||
Swe. <I>används</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<B>Note</B>. the rule can be overgenerating, since the <CODE>V2</CODE> need not
|
||||
take a direct object.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
PassV2 : V2 -> VP ; -- be used
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs can be added to verb phrases. Many languages make
|
||||
a distinction between adverbs that are attached in the end
|
||||
vs. next to (or before) the verb.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
AdvVP : VP -> Adv -> VP ; -- sleep here
|
||||
AdVVP : AdV -> VP -> VP ; -- always sleep
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<B>Agents of passives</B> are constructed as adverbs with the
|
||||
preposition <A HREF="Structural.html">Structural</A><CODE>.8agent_Prep</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Complements to copula</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adjectival phrases, noun phrases, and adverbs can be used.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
CompAP : AP -> Comp ; -- (be) small
|
||||
CompNP : NP -> Comp ; -- (be) a soldier
|
||||
CompAdv : Adv -> Comp ; -- (be) here
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Coercions</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs can change subcategorization patterns in systematic ways,
|
||||
but this is very much language-dependent. The following two
|
||||
work in all the languages we cover.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
UseVQ : VQ -> V2 ; -- ask (a question)
|
||||
UseVS : VS -> V2 ; -- know (a secret)
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc abstract/Verb.txt -->
|
||||
</BODY></HTML>
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user